
Plan
Prior legislation: Ords. 1957, 1948, 1946, 1909, 1876, 1853, 1815, 1779, 1697, 1685, 1629.
These Development Regulations govern all future private development actions in the Downtown Subarea, forming Chapter 12.64 of the Bothell Municipal Code, with some references to citywide regulations in BMC Title 12, Zoning, and other relevant parts of the Code. These design requirements and guidelines will be used to evaluate private development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Plan Area. This section explains how the development regulations are applied and used. The subsequent six sections, 12.64.100 - 12.64.600, present the regulations themselves as follows: 12.64.100 District Requirements, 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations, 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations, 12.64.400 Parking Regulations, 12.64.500 Architectural Regulations, and 12.64.600 Signage Regulations.
The policies contained within this chapter shall apply as follows:
Title 11, Administration of Development Regulations, establishes procedures for processing development permit applications. Development permits are classified by type (e.g., building permit, tenant improvement permit, sign permit) in BMC 11.04.003(A): the type of permit determines the steps involved in review and approval of the permit application. BMC 11.04.003(B) summarizes the process steps applicable to each permit type, while BMC 11.04.004 through 11.19.008 describe the steps in detail.
Development regulations established in this Plan are of four types: District Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, General Requirements, and Guidelines.
The Development Regulations in this document are applied to those properties within the Downtown Subarea as indicated on the Plan Area map (see Figure 12.64.100 in the Introduction.).

Fig. 12.64.004. How to Use the Downtown Subarea Regulations District Requirements


This regulatory map and special height regulations inset represent the District configuration that will take effect following the completion of the Bothell Crossroads project. When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the Community Development Director shall make a determination as to the location of the boundary in questions via application of BMC 12.04.140 and 12.64.100(C).
(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2408 § 3 (Exh. B), 2023; Ord. 2270 § 4, 2018; Ord. 2056 § 2 (Exh. B)).
This section organizes all properties into Districts and presents charts containing all District Requirements that apply to the properties in each District.

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
— : See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
— : See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map: Special Height Regulations inset | ||
(M1): not permitted along Main Street | ●: corner entry required location, see 12.64.100 Districts Map | |
(M2): development along Main Street exempt | ||
(E): partially submerged podiums shall not be exposed to the street where shopfronts are required. | ||
(A): exceptions apply for retail anchors, see Special Downtown Core Requirements and Anchor Exceptions Chart | ||
(B): see 12.64.505(B)(3)(b)(iii) for special setbacks on the north side of the 10100 block of Main Street. | ||
*: See special Downtown Core requirements for parking | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(H): maximum 4 floor & 54 feet in 4 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
—: See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
(SR 522): exceptions apply along SR 522, see Special Downtown Neighborhood Requirements | ||
(C1): 0 feet side setback only if side setback on abutting property is 0 feet or larger than 10 feet. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(C1): 0 ft side yard setback is permitted only if the side yard setback on the abutting property is 0 ft or larger than 10ft | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(C1): City-wide conditions for manufactured homes apply | ||
(R): exceptions apply for development in the special riverfront overlay, see Special SR 522 Requirements | ||
(S): 5 floors and 54 feet for qualifying affordable housing projects (see BMC 12.64.104(B)(5)) | ||
D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(H): maximum 3 floor & 35 feet in 3 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
(C1): the required setback area must include a 24 ft wide, Type I landscape buffer where proposed development is not similar in character and density to the adjacent residential-only zoning. | ||
(NCO): Neighborhood Center Overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications | ||
(FS): May be reduced to a minimum of 5' provisionally, with Director approval, where it would create a wider buffer and comparatively lower building heights adjacent to single-family development or where it would improve transitions to adjacent zoning with different setbacks. | ||
(S): Allowed outside NCO only if screened from view from the street by a minimum 10' Type III landscape buffer. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201, Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated | ||
(S/VV): special regulations apply; see subsection (B)(2) of this section, Hard Surface Coverage, and subsection (B)(3) of this section | ||
(G): for residential units, garages, carports, and driveways are permitted. For off-street parking location and design, see BMC 12.16.080. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
provisional: permitted subject to satisfaction of special criteria | ||
(C1): permitted only in Park at Bothell Landing Overlay and Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay as provided in 12.64.107(B)(2)(d) and (3)(h) | ||
(C2): except as allowed under 12.64.107(B)(2)(e) and (3)(i) | ||
(C3): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(b)) | ||
(C4): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(c)) | ||

This section contains General Requirements and definitions of the District Requirements controlling Use, Height, Frontage, and Building Placement.
Figure 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations provides an overview of the regulations contained in these sections as well as other primary regulations. Refer to the sections noted for definitions and specifications for each of these regulations.

Fig. 12.64.200. Site Development Regulations
For the purposes of this Plan, all permitted and conditionally permitted uses have been classified into Use Categories. Descriptions and special requirements for each category, including aspects of their development such as size and location, are established in the text below. Use Category Charts include permitted and provisional uses for each category. Uses listed as permitted are defined as those uses permitted by right. Uses listed as provisional are defined as those uses which require special consideration either of their impacts on the neighborhood/land uses in the vicinity and/or of their physical organization and design. A provisional use shall be considered for approval if the proposed use conforms with the vision, goals and regulations of the Plan and any relevant requirement of the Bothell Municipal Code. All permitted uses for a single District are allowed either alone or in combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. Any proposed use not listed in the Use Category Charts shall be classified by the community development director as permitted, provisional, or not permitted, based on the listed use to which the proposed use is most similar. If the community development director determines that the proposed use is not similar to any use in the table, the proposed use shall not be permitted. The determination of the community development director shall be appealable to the hearing body.
(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2378 § 6, 2022; Ord. 2323 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 8, 2018; Ord. 2237 § 7, 2017; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

Fig. 12.64.202. Building Height - Sloped Site
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
Special Height Regulations are established to create an appropriate height relationship between new development within the Plan Area and existing buildings in adjacent residential-only zones. They shall be required for parcels located in Districts as indicated in BMC 12.64.101 through 12.64.109 District Requirements Site Development Regulation Charts. Where required, the following regulations apply:
(Ord. 2323 § 3, 2020; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

Fig. 12.64.205. Public Frontage - Definition
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

Fig. 12.64.207. Front Yard Setback
Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the rear property line to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback. The required rear yard setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Figure 12.64.208 Side Yard Setback and Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

Fig. 12.64.210. Setback Adjacent to Single Family Zones
(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024).
Alley setback is defined as the required minimum distance from an alley right-of-way to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.211 Alley Setback. The alley setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.211. Alley Setback
If providing public open space in the interior or rear of a parcel is not viable, required public open space may count toward the frontage coverage requirement.

Fig. 12.64.212. Frontage Coverage
(Ord. 2072 § 2 (Exh. B)).

Fig. 12.64.213. Build-to-Corner
Maximum building length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass fronting a street or open space as shown in Figure 12.64.214 Maximum Building Length. Maximum building length shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100. Districts. Buildings shall not exceed this maximum length. A developer may build multiple buildings, each with an individual length that does not exceed the maximum building length.
The primary building mass is the most prominent mass of the building from its street frontage. Breaks in the primary building mass may be achieved through recessed sections where the recessed façade is clearly articulated as a different mass through materials, lower roof line or other means.

Fig. 12.64.214. Maximum Building Length
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
A – Residential Building with a Front Facade less than 60' long
B – Limited Corner Building
C – Limited Mid-Block Building
D – Public Open Space
X – Special Building Length Limits Do Not Apply

Fig. 12.64.215. Special Building Length
If a developer is building multiple buildings on a single property, the required minimum space between buildings is applied. Space between buildings is defined as the distance measured between the primary building mass of two adjacent buildings on a single property as shown in Figure 12.64.216 Space Between Buildings. The minimum dimension for required for space between buildings shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.216. Space Between Buildings
This section contains general requirements and guidelines designed to ensure that new streets, blocks, open spaces, and landscaping throughout the Plan Area are provided and built with the quality and care necessary to enhance the transportation network, provide proper accessibility, and ensure the development of a wide range of public places within downtown as it intensifies.
In addition to regulatory policies for the provision, configuration, and design of streets and open spaces, this section provides requirements and guidelines for on-site improvements such as the design and landscaping of all spaces including front, side, and rear yards; screening for utility and service areas; as well as policies governing the treatment of furnishings plant materials, and lighting.
Additional detail and requirements for improvements to existing streets are provided by the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, which will be updated to coordinate with the new street requirements included in this section.
The Street is defined as the area between the back of sidewalk lines. It includes the moving lanes, parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas. (see Figure 12.64.301 Corridor Definition of Terms).
Street Requirements determine the configuration and design of new streets. They are established to enhance the connectivity of streets, to create safe and attractive streetscape environments, and to encourage walking throughout the Plan Area.
All new streets within the Plan Area shall be designed and configured according to the following regulations.

Fig. 12.64.301. Corridor Definition of Terms
(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2102 § 2 (Exh. B), 2012).
Setback areas shall be landscaped in accordance with the following regulations.
(Ord. 2373 § 12, 2022; Ord. 2337 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 9, 2018).
This section contains general requirements and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the downtown is convenient and accessible, accommodates all land uses, and reinforces the desired character of each District in the downtown. Following the Requirements, Parking Guidelines are provided to help direct the composition and style of parking elements to ensure that all new development in the Plan Area reinforces the vision for the downtown. New development should aim to embrace the design character set forth within these guidelines.
A property’s permitted parking types shall be as determined in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements. For all parking types, parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway as stated under Access in BMC 12.64.403(B) and 12.64.404(A). Parking types are defined as follows (for residential units, garages, car ports, and driveways shall be permitted):
(Ord. 2437 § 2 (Exh. B), 2024).
The Architecture Regulations in this section are set forth to ensure that new and renovated buildings in the Subarea embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human scale, rhythm, and urban character appropriate for Downtown Bothell. The goal is to build on the best efforts of previous generations, while allowing for and encouraging creativity on the part of developers and designers. For renovations to Historic buildings, refer to Section 3) Downtown Conditions in Appendix A: Starting Point. The regulations in this section are organized according to the building elements described below and indicated in Figure 12.64.500 Architecture Regulations:
The objective of this section is to ensure that all new or renovated downtown buildings have a well-formed “base” and top.” A building base provides form and definition to the pedestrian-scale public room of its adjacent downtown street spaces. A building’s top or cap contributes to a distinctive skyline and overall massing of the downtown, whether seen immediately looking up from the street below or at a distance from another part of the city. The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the vertical mass of building façades. The application of architectural elements and architectural style such as (but not limited to) those respectively outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements, 12.64. Architectural Styles, and 12.64.505 Historic Resources Guidelines are strongly recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture.


The objective of this section is to provide minimal requirements to ensure that the length of any new or renovated building façade in the downtown is in keeping with the historic scale of downtown façades (see Figures 1.11 and 1.12 in Community Vision and Figures A.3, A.6 and A.21 in Appendix A for examples of downtown’s historic scale). The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the horizontal mass of building façades. Further building articulation as outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements is strongly recommended to create well integrated and attractive architecture.
This section contains architectural requirements and guidelines to guide the design of architectural elements used within new buildings in the Plan Area. In accordance with the Site Development Regulations set forth in BMC 12.64.200, the following regulations and suggestions will ensure that new buildings maintain the quality and character of Bothell while providing ample opportunities for creativity and choice.
Buildings located within the Downtown Special Review Area shall separately comply with the Historic Resources Guidelines. Requirements and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they apply to a particular building type, such as Residential, and noted accordingly.
In addition to the following architectural guidelines, application of sustainable or “Green Building” guidelines, such as those found in the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System™ (http://www.usgbc.org) and the National Association of Homebuilders Model Green Home Building Guidelines (http://www.nahbrc.org/greenguidelines) and future City of Bothell “green building” ordinances and guidelines as they become available are strongly encouraged.
Note: The guidelines within this document also apply to freestanding parking structures, whether serving municipal, commercial or residential uses.
A. Façades | ▶ | B. Roofs | ▶ | C. Color Guidelines | ▶ | D. Sustainability Guidelines |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. Building Base Requirements 2. Building Base Guidelines 3. Façade Composition Requirements 4. Façade Composition Guidelines 5. Wall Cladding Requirements 6. Wall Cladding Guidelines 7. Window Requirements 8. Window Guidelines 9. Main Entrance Requirements 10. Main Entrance Guidelines 11. Secondary Entrance Requirements 12. Secondary Entrance Guidelines 13. Loading and Service Entrance Requirements 14. Loading and Service Entrance Guidelines 15. Entrance Door Requirements 16. Entrance Door Guidelines 17. Garage Door Requirements 18. Garage Door Guidelines | 1. Roof Type Requirements 2. Roof Type Guidelines 3. Roof Material Requirements 4. Roof Material Guidelines 5. Roof Equipment and Screening Requirements 6. Roof Equipment and Screening Guidelines | 1. By Districts 2. General Guidelines | 1. Solar Access, Daylighting, Passive Solar Heating and Cooling 2. Materials 3. Heat Island Reduction 4. Storm Water Management |
This section contains a discussion of a range of the predominant architectural styles found among existing buildings in downtown Bothell. A small number of buildings designed in other styles, from different periods or displaying a degree of stylistic influence from other styles (for example, 1930s Art Deco influence on decorative elements of the Anderson Building) can be found in downtown, but detailed descriptions of those styles have not been included here. The City of Bothell Design Guidelines, Building Styles and Features by the Bothell Landmark Preservation Board, 2007, or most recent revision, may be consulted for further detail on these and other architectural styles. Within individual style descriptions below, the dates shown indicate the historic period of initial popularity of the style. With the goal of strengthening downtown Bothell’s “sense of place” and architectural character and building on its heritage in mind, the Architectural Styles discussed here are included to provide a basis for reinforcing and strengthening the character of predominant building fabric in the project area in the design of new buildings and development, whether through the full emulation and/or interpretation of one of the predominant building styles. Alternatively, where a predominant downtown architectural style is not used, the information is intended to provide guidance for architects and developers to make sensitive reference to, incorporate, and/or harmonize with characteristics of predominant architectural styles such as (but not limited to) massing, horizontal and vertical scale increments, façade composition, roof form, architectural elements, materials, and colors.
The sections below list predominantly commercial and mixed-use styles first, followed by predominantly residential styles.
(Ord. 2323 § 4, 2020).
This section contains requirements and guidelines for signage to ensure that signs installed within the Plan Area are consistent with the overall quality and character of new development anticipated for the Downtown. Regulations include permitted sign types as well as sign size, location, materials, illumination, color, and design.
The following definitions, requirements, and guidelines shall apply to all signs, regardless of type.
A property’s permitted sign types are determined by District as shown in the Figure 12.64.602 Sign Type Regulations Chart on the opposite page. Specific restrictions are noted on the chart for a particular combination of District and Sign Type. For the purposes of this plan, the following Sign Types are established (see the summary of primary Sign Types on the opposite page):
This glossary sets forth definitions of certain words or phrases used in this Code in order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage, thereby facilitating the interpretation of this Plan and Regulations. The meaning and construction of words and phrases as set forth in this chapter shall apply throughout the Plan and Regulations unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Definitions contained in the city’s Municipal Code shall be applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this chapter or elsewhere in this Code, in which case this Code’s definitions shall prevail.
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Queensborough/Brentwood/Crystal Springs Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The existing pattern of land division along 9th Avenue SE consists primarily of numerous separately owned properties of five acres or less, each having narrow frontage on 9th. Such a pattern lends itself to further subdivision as a series of residential cul-de-sac developments, each having its own access on 9th. Redevelopment of this area in a series of cul-de-sacs would contribute to traffic congestion, as a result of the number of individual access points on 9th, and a lack of a feeling of community, as a result of the disconnectedness of the individual developments. In order to minimize congestion and promote community character, applicants for subdivision approval shall incorporate internal local access street connections to adjacent properties, subject to compliance with BMC 12.14.180(A) concerning residential development access design, and unless, through the subdivision review process as set forth in BMC Title 15, such connections are found to be unfeasible due to the presence of critical areas as classified and regulated in accordance with Chapter 14.04 BMC. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1798 § 1, 2000).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Shelton View/Meridian/3rd Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Office-Professional zoned parcels between 7th and 9th Avenues SE shall derive access from 228th at the 9th Avenue traffic signal. (Ord. 2373 § 11, 2022; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J), 2024; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development occurring within this area shall be subject to the following:
A. A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement.
B. Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 100 feet from abutting residential properties. The area between the 30-foot landscape buffer identified above and the 100-foot building setback may be used for parking lots, access drives, storm water facilities, and other improvements not involving structures. Buildings abutting the 100-foot setback which contain office professional or community business uses shall be limited to one story in height.
C. Any development in this area shall be oriented toward existing development to the east and shall be compatible in bulk and scale with the homes and accessory structures of the R-L1 zoned area to the west and south.
D. Vehicle access to this area shall be limited to SR-527 to protect the detached residential areas located to the west and south. Vehicle access from 240th Street SE and 3rd Avenue SE shall be prohibited. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J, W), 2024; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Midtown Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
A. Building Height in R-AC, OP, CB Zoning.
1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 65 feet if both of the following conditions are met:
a. At least 40 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure;
b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
3. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Permitted primary dwelling units shall include detached single-family dwellings, duplexes and multifamily townhouse dwellings.
A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development in this area shall incorporate the following features:
A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart, in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or leaving traffic;
B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;
C. Parking shall be located alongside buildings and/or behind buildings, but shall not be located in the area between any building and the Bothell-Everett Highway, unless topography or other site-related constraints necessitate otherwise, as determined by the community development director;
D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the adverse visual impacts of general commercial development. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.050).
The Midtown special district encompasses lands that are north and south of the intersection of Bothell-Everett Highway and 240th Street SE with lands north of 240th Street SE with an R-AC, OP, CB zoning classification and lands south of 240th Street with an R 4,000, OP, CB classification. The Midtown special district is subject to both general Midtown special district regulations and regulations which are applied to the specific zoning classification including the following:
A. General requirements applied to all lands within the Midtown special district:
1. A minimum of 1,200 square feet of leasable space for retail or service uses shall be provided at each quadrant of the intersection.
2. Buildings which contain retail or services space shall be placed in such a manner as to promote pedestrian travel from one building to another.
3. Land between buildings which contain retail or services space and streets should be utilized for pedestrian-oriented activities such as outdoor cafes or public plazas.
4. Parking shall be located behind and/or alongside buildings, but not in the area between any building and the street.
5. Design of all buildings within the village shall be coordinated and may adhere to an historic or other theme in keeping with its setting. The Midtown Village Site and Building Design Guidelines shall be considered. These guidelines shall be available at the department of community development.
6. Pedestrian-scale street, parking lot and sidewalk lighting shall be utilized.
7. Development shall include landscaped street medians on the Bothell-Everett Highway and planter areas separating the sidewalk from the street.
8. Pedestrian street crossings shall utilize special paving treatments.
9. Adjacent to single-family zoning, a landscape buffer of a minimum width of 30 feet shall be installed pursuant to the following:
a. The 30-foot landscape buffer shall utilize berms, a wall constructed of solid nonwood materials suitable for maximum sound and light attenuation, and Type I landscaping;
b. Plants installed within the buffer shall be indigenous and drought-tolerant. Existing vegetation may be used to satisfy all or part of the required Type I landscaping, provided said existing vegetation meets or exceeds the Type I landscape standard;
c. The sound and light attenuation wall shall be not less than six feet in height and, through the conditional use permit review, may exceed six feet in height should conditions warrant a taller height to provide for adequate auditory and visual screening of adjacent single-family-zoned lands;
d. All portions of the wall visible to pedestrians shall receive aesthetic treatments consistent with BMC 12.14.180(F). The exact composition of the buffer and wall shall be determined in conjunction with conditional use permit review;
e. Pedestrian and nonmotorized trails, not to exceed six feet in width, shall be allowed only in that portion of the 30-foot buffer located between the sound and light attenuation wall and developed property within the Midtown Village special district. Vehicular access drives shall not be located within the 30-foot buffer;
f. The 243rd Street SE Connector, as provided below, and underground utilities or utility corridors which cross the buffer in a perpendicular or near perpendicular manner may be permitted within the 30-foot buffer;
g. The buffer may be modified as follows:
(i) The Type I landscape standard may be modified to exempt the installation of trees within city-approved utility easements and utility corridors;
(ii) The placement, configuration and construction of the sound and light attenuation wall may be modified to permit maintenance and installation of utilities located within city-approved or established utility easements and utility corridors;
h. The 30-foot landscape buffer and sound and light attenuation wall shall be constructed substantially as illustrated in Figure 12.46-1; and
i. Exact composition and design of the buffer and wall shall be determined during the conditional use permit review.
Figure 12.46-1 – Illustrating the 30-foot landscape buffer pursuant to BMC 12.46.050(A)(9)

10. All buildings containing retail uses, as described within BMC 12.06.150, shall be oriented toward the Bothell-Everett Highway or the 243rd Street SE Connector and shall be oriented away from adjacent single-family-zoned lands.
11. Driveways shall be consolidated to minimize the number of access points, and internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties.
B. The following requirements shall be applied to lands south of 240th Street SE that are classified as R 4,000, OP, CB:
1. The 243rd Street SE Connector as identified within Midtown Subarea Plan Transportation Policy 9 and as shown on the Functional Classifications figure of the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan Transportation Element the alignment of which would traverse properties located within the southerly portion of the Midtown Village special district shall be constructed in conjunction with development of the properties through which the road would extend. Should those lands within the Midtown Village special district be developed prior to adjacent single-family residential zoned lands, the director of public works is authorized to defer construction of that portion of the connector street located within 30 feet of the zoning boundary line in favor of construction of the 30-foot landscape buffer as provided above in order to protect single-family residents for the time until the single-family properties develop and the street is connected. This authorization shall be subject to the following:
a. Public right-of-way sufficient to accommodate the 243rd Street SE Connector shall be dedicated, including those lands within the 30-foot buffer;
b. The public works director shall make specific findings that such delay can be accomplished in a manner that does not compromise the ability of the connector street to be extended as intended;
c. Completion of the remaining road segment at such time as the adjacent property develops shall be bonded for or otherwise guaranteed via surety acceptable to the city; and
d. This authorization shall not be construed as preventing eventual construction of the entire 243rd Street SE Connector.
2. Light fixtures installed within 100 feet of adjacent single-family residential zoned lands.
C. The following requirements shall be applied to lands north of 240th Street SE with a zoning classification of R-AC, OP, CB:
1. Residential dwellings at densities controlled by the site and building envelope regulations of this section;
2. Buildings shall not exceed 35 feet in height as described within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
3. Site development or redevelopment shall provide focuses for neighborhood activities. Examples of such features include but are not limited to enhanced pedestrian access, public plazas and courtyards, neighborhood news kiosks, pedestrian “refuges,” and artworks, to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the Midtown district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2007 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.060).
Development in the R-M3, OP area shall install a minimum 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer to mitigate noise and visual impacts on abutting residential development. Such buffering shall include but not be limited to such techniques and materials as fences, walls, berms, and screening type plant materials. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.070).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. This water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This section augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins.
A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.
5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.
a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.010(10) and 90.46.080(1). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).
b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.
6. Uses identified by the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as pollution-generating impervious or pervious surfaces shall be prohibited.
B. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection. Further, all activities must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) low impact development (LID) overlay is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through the low impact development (LID) overlay and other regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement, which water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole and North Creek drainage basins. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual (Bothell Standards).
A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.
B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, and all other applicable city-wide regulations:
1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;
2. Construction of a single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;
3. Short subdivisions proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:
a. Creates no more than four lots;
b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R 40,000 zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC;
c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and
d. Such short subdivisions shall be exempt from the minimum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c).
C. Special Submittal Requirements.
1. Site Assessment. A site assessment shall be submitted for all developments not excepted from these provisions which identifies and describes the natural processes existing on and around the development site including:
a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;
b. Soil type and infiltration potential;
c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;
d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;
e. Wetlands and other critical areas;
f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.
2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:
a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.
b. Location of Fish and Wildlife Habitat. The study shall depict the location of all streams, floodplains, wetlands, riparian areas, forested areas and all other critical areas and associated buffers as required by Chapter 14.04 BMC on and within 300 feet of the project area, or another dimension as approved by the director.
c. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:
(1) Detailed description of vegetation on and adjacent to the project area;
(2) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;
(3) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;
(4) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;
(5) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;
(6) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and
(7) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.
3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:
a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and
b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.
D. Site and Building Design Regulations.
1. General Requirements.
a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.
b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein, and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage.
a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent. EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.
b. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:
(1) Dispersion into intact forest areas;
(2) Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
(1) Infiltration;
(2) Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(3) A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(4) Forest equivalent storm water detention.
These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or actually developed area of the subject site.
c. A maintenance/management plan addressing the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all proposals.
d. Application of the effective impervious area (EIA) shall be limited by the following:
(1) The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to arterials and collector streets, including the area of any arterial right-of-way dedicated to the city as part of a private residential or commercial project; provided, that the maximum feasible reduction of surface water runoff is achieved in project design in accordance with the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Manual, as amended.
(2) The effective impervious surface area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.
3. Forest Cover Requirements.
a. Within lands zoned R-M3 (LID), an area equal to 50 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:
(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or
(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that within a critical area or a critical area buffer 100 percent of all intact forest or vegetated cover shall be preserved; or
(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:
(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;
(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or
(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest restoration or rehabilitation, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives;
(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; and
b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.
c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:
(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the LID Supplement to the Bothell Design Standards specifications and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.
d. All preserved, rehabilitated and restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:
(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:
(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:
(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and
(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.
(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:
(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or
(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.
(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to the city, another public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.
(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:
(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;
(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;
(C) Control of invasive species;
(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area;
4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, lay out and arrangement of site improvements preserves natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.
a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:
(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;
(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;
(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;
(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.
b. Layout of lots or structures shall:
(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;
(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.
c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:
(A) Use of pole- or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.
(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 15 feet outside the building footprint area or more than three feet of topographic modification are prohibited.
(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.
E. Modification of Development Regulations.
1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.
a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:
(1) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area per single-family dwelling unit may be reduced by as much as 40 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 3,250 square feet.
(2) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 20 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.
(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (E)(1)(a)(1) and (E)(1)(a)(2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.
b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.
c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas.
d. Recreation area standards of Chapter 12.20 BMC which are applicable to the R-M3 (LID) zone may be varied according to the following:
(1) The minimum recreation area required in BMC 12.20.020 may be modified by the community development director when trails and viewing platforms or facilities of a similar nature are provided within or adjacent to retained forest areas.
(2) Single purpose facilities may account for up to 80 percent of the required recreation area.
(3) Location, layout and dimensions of required recreation areas in BMC 12.20.040 may be varied to accommodate the use of trails and other linear facilities located within forest retention areas.
2. To accommodate low impact development the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.
a. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
(1) Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:
(A) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(B) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(C) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(D) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.
(E) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
(2) Private street and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:
(A) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(B) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
b. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.
(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.
c. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.
d. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:
(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;
(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;
(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.
(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.
e. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement may be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.
F. Supplemental Requirements Regarding the Use of Specific Types of Low Impact Storm Drainage Facilities within the NCPA. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:
1. Dispersion into intact forest areas;
2. Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
1. Infiltration;
2. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
3. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
4. Forest equivalent storm water detention.
These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or the actually developed area of the subject site.
G. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development as provided below:
1. Application of Standards.
a. Best Available Information. The public works director may approve alternatives to these standards upon review of evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
b. Dispersion into Preserved Forest. Dispersion of runoff from an impervious surface into retained forest areas may utilize several facilities subject to approval by the public works director. The Bothell Surface Water Design Manual describes different methods for implementing dispersion on a site to reduce EIA and provide credits for treatment and flow control. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations; and BMC Title 13, Shoreline Management, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.
A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.
1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.
2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.
B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:
1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.50.040(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;
2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;
3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;
4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;
5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;
6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.
“Bioretention facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.
“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.
“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.
“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.
“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.
“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:
1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;
2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;
3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and
4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.
As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.
An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:
1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have established an overhead canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory plants and emergent plants.
3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.
“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.
“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.
“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.
“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.
“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive or if these subarea regulations provide a specific provision, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea contains a number of important fish and wildlife habitat supporting features including extensive critical areas, an extensive tree canopy, presence of salmon streams, important low temperature groundwater contributions to North Creek, and other important elements which promote the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found within North Creek. The following special regulations are applied to those lands which have been deemed to be particularly important to maintaining the health of North Creek and are crafted to protect the groundwater resources of the Palm, Woods, Cole, Spring Stream, and North Creek drainage basins:
A. Special Use Requirements to Protect Groundwater Resources Including the Following Uses or Activities.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection.
5. Site and Building Design Review Criteria.
a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table.
b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.
B. Special Submittal Requirements. In addition to submittals required by applicable city-wide regulations, applications for subdivisions, building permits, grading permits or other development permits not specifically excepted in BMC 12.52.050(B) shall contain the following special studies, information, and evaluations:
1. A special site study which describes the natural processes existing on and around the site. The applicant may include this information on site maps, site plans, or reports prepared to meet other submittal requirements. Information shall include:
a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;
b. Soil type and infiltration potential;
c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;
d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;
e. Wetlands and other critical areas; and
f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.
2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:
a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.
b. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:
(1) The location of any intact forest areas and/or forest cover;
(2) Detailed description of forest areas, forest cover, and other vegetation cover types;
(3) Discussion of existing development including buildings, roads, lawn and maintained landscaping including site percentages for total impervious area and EIA, if different. The special study may reference a drainage report or other submittal that contains this information;
(4) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;
(5) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;
(6) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;
(7) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;
(8) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and
(9) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.
3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:
a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and
b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.
C. Special Surface Water Runoff Standards.
1. In addition to the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as promulgated within the Bothell Standards and adopted pursuant to Chapter 18.02 BMC, the public works director shall specify use of the following specific types of low impact development storm drainage facilities including forest equivalent storm water facilities to be implemented in the following order of preference:
a. Dispersion into intact forest areas;
b. Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
c. Infiltration;
d. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
e. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
f. Forest equivalent storm water detention.
2. These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or that portion of the subject site that is developed.
3. A maintenance/management plan addressing the long-term maintenance of the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all development applications.
D. Special Street Modification Provisions. To accommodate low impact development, the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.
1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
a. Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:
(1) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(2) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(3) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(4) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.
(5) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
b. Private streets and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:
(1) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(2) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
c. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.
(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.
d. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.
e. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:
(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;
(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;
(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.
(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.
f. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement shall be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.
E. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development. When approving alternatives to the standards, the public works director shall review the evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).
Development shall incorporate the installation of a minimum 50-foot-wide vegetated buffer adjacent to detached residential areas with a zoning classification of R-C (LID), utilizing fences, walls, berms, existing mature vegetation or Type III landscaping, or other noise-absorbing or sight-obscuring techniques. The exact width and planting materials to be used in the buffer will be determined in conjunction with development plan review. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.52.020).
Lands located east of 39th Avenue SE that are within the Spring Creek drainage basin and are located outside the Palm and Cole/Woods Creek drainage basins have been removed from the NCPA and zoned R-L1. However, these lands have an important role in maintaining a healthy hydrologic regime for North Creek and shall be subject to the following special regulations; provided, however, that if site specific analysis as required within BMC 12.52.020(B) identifies that any portion of this area is within the Cole/Woods Creek or Palm Creek drainage basins or supports base flow to the Cole/Woods Creek basin, the special provisions of the NCPA as promulgated within BMC 12.52.050 and 12.52.060 shall be applied.
Special Clustering Provisions Allowed under the Planned Unit Development Process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea, on lands with an R-L1 zoning classification that are located in the eastern portion of the subarea, an applicant may request the following special clustering provisions as modifications under the planned unit development process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Specifically, BMC 12.30.040(A), 12.30.040(B) and 12.30.040(C) are modified as follows:
A. Special lot yield calculation for properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea with a zoning classification of R-L1:
1. The net buildable area of the development site shall be calculated pursuant to BMC 12.14.030(B)(3) wherein land wherein land area in dedicated public rights-of-way, surface storm water retention/detention/water quality facilities located within required tracts, critical areas, critical area buffers, or any other land dedicated to the city shall be deducted from the gross site area;
2. To determine the maximum permitted number of lots upon the subject property, the net buildable area shall be divided by the underlying zoning classification’s minimum lot area thereby deriving the allowed maximum number of lots. Portions of the net buildable area placed into a dedicated open space tract pursuant to subsection C of this section may be credited toward the lot yield calculation.
B. Lot Area, Side Yard Setbacks, and Hard Surface Coverage Modifications. The minimum lot area and side yard setbacks provisions of BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified as follows:
1. Lot Area. The minimum lot area per single-family lot may be reduced by as much as 50 percent of the underlying zoning minimum lot area;
2. Side Yard Setbacks. Side yard setbacks may be modified such that the minimum side yard setback shall be five feet for both side yards, meaning that both side yard setbacks may add up to 10 feet instead of the 15 feet required under BMC 12.14.030(A);
3. Hard Surface Cover. The maximum hard surface cover per single-family residential lot may be increased up to 55 percent of the lot area; provided, however, that the total hard surface cover allowed on the total development site shall be no greater than 45 percent of the net building area.
C. Open Space/Forest Preservation.
1. Utilizing the PUD process of Chapter 12.30 BMC, developments may implement the special clustering provisions of this chapter provided the development reserves a portion of the site as dedicated, permanent open space not available for future development consistent with the following criteria.
2. Amount of Land to Be Preserved.
a. A minimum of 10 percent of the net buildable area of the site shall be placed within a dedicated forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract to be preserved in perpetuity consistent with the special provisions of BMC 12.52.050(C)(3)(d); or
b. The city may approve an increase in the number of lots beyond the number allowed by the special calculated lot yield pursuant to subsection (A)(1) of this section, provided additional land is dedicated as a forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract consistent with the following:
(1) Preserving at least 15 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 10 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(2) Preserving at least 20 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 15 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(3) Preserving at least 25 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 20 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(4) Preserving at least 30 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 25 percent of the calculated lot yield.
3. Type of Land to Be Preserved as Open Space. The type of open space shall be based upon the following hierarchical preference. Applicants shall demonstrate that all reasonable efforts have been made to design the development in a manner that preserves the types of lands listed herein consistent with these hierarchical preferences:
a. Intact forest areas as defined herein;
b. Lands containing “forest equivalent” bioretention surface water facilities or intact forest areas that accept dispersed surface water;
c. Rehabilitated or restored forest areas as defined herein;
d. Lands adjacent to critical area buffers; and
e. Lands containing other types of forest equivalent surface water facilities. To be credited toward preservation of open space, storm water vaults or other closed or underground systems placed within areas designated for open space shall have recreational uses, such as but not limited to play areas, open lawn areas, and sports courts placed on top of or above such underground facilities. (Ord. 2459 § 3 (Exh. C), 2025; Ord. 2457 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through special low impact development (LID) overlay regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as particularly important sources of cool water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the latest version of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as contained within the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards).
A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.
B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC and all other applicable city-wide regulations:
1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;
2. Construction of one single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;
3. Short subdivisions within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID) proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:
a. Creates no more than four lots; and
b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R-C zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and
d. The maximum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c) shall not apply to such short subdivisions, however the provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c)(1) through (4) shall apply.
C. Site and Building Design Regulations.
1. General Requirements.
a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.
b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage. Within the NCPA, the goal is to have no net increase in undetained and untreated effective impervious area (EIA) through the application of these requirements and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent for lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID). EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.
b. The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.
3. Forest Cover Requirements.
a. Within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID), an area equal to 60 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:
(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or
(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that lands within a critical area or a critical area buffer shall retain 100 percent of any intact forest and vegetation; or
(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:
(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;
(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or
(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to restore the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives; and
(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property.
(C) Lands used for low impact development storm water facilities that have a high potential for functioning as a forest in terms of protecting the hydrological cycle and other habitat benefits consistent with forest rehabilitation or restoration including planting with predominantly woody vegetation and that the LID facility is part of a bioretention and/or dispersion system as outlined within the Bothell Surface Water Manual.
b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.
c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:
(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.
d. All preserved, rehabilitated, or restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:
(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:
(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:
(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and
(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.
(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:
(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or
(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.
(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to a public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.
(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:
(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;
(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;
(C) Control of invasive species;
(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area.
4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, layout and arrangement of the site improvements preserve natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.
a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:
(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;
(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;
(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls, which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;
(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.
b. Layout of lots or structures shall:
(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;
(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.
c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:
(A) Use of pole or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.
(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than five feet outside the building footprint area or more than five feet of topographic modification are prohibited.
(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.
D. Modification of Development Regulations.
1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.
a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:
(1) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-C may have a minimum lot area of 16,000 square feet and properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 4,800 square feet.
(2) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot circle may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classifications, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.
(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (D)(1)(a)(1) and (2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.
b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.
c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.040).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, and BMC Title 13, shoreline master program, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.
A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.
1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.
2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and will be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.
B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:
1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.52.020(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;
2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;
3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;
4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;
5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;
6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, proposed location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.52.050).
“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.
“Bioretention surface water facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.
“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.
“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.
“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.
“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.
“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:
1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;
2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;
3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and
4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.
As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.
An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:
1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have an established canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.
“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.
“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.
“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.
“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.
“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.060).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The regulations in this section shall apply to the Lower Maywood special district, which is defined as that area bounded by NE 190th Street on the north; the boundary with the downtown subarea on the south and west; and 104th Avenue NE on the east.
A. Platted Lots Recognized. Notwithstanding the limitations imposed by other provisions of this title, a single-family dwelling or duplex may be erected upon any platted lot or lot of record in existence as of October 29, 1984, within the Lower Maywood special district, regardless of the dimensional requirements of Chapter 12.14 BMC, but shall be subject to meeting the minimum requirements of this section. No new lot shall be created within the special district which does not meet the minimum size requirements of the underlying zoning.
B. Dimensional Standards. All single-family dwellings permitted under this section shall have a minimum floor area of 800 square feet of interior heated living area exclusive of garages, carports, decks and/or porches. The setback requirements shall follow dimensional standards established in BMC 12.14.030.
For corner lots, front yard setbacks shall be 20 feet along the primary street and 15 feet along the secondary street, as designated by the community development director.
C. Special Review. In order to protect property values, promote compatible design, and generally enhance the comfort and quality of the surrounding community, all multifamily developments shall be reviewed using the following special criteria in addition to any normal review processes:
1. Building design utilizing peaked, hipped or gabled roofs shall be encouraged to promote compatibility with the existing development on adjacent lots.
2. Parking design using under-building spaces is encouraged to enhance site layout and limit impervious surface.
3. Building design will consider impact on existing single-family residential development including solar access, landscaping, screening and view of the adjacent properties.
4. Building height shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC, except that where R-M4 zoning abuts lower density residential zoning, the following shall apply: The height of a proposed multifamily development adjacent to an existing single-family residence or residences located on R-L1 zoning shall not exceed the bulk plan angle of 65 degrees as measured from the single-family residence property line (see figure 12.54-1).
5. Aggregation of recreation space requirements shall be encouraged when a multifamily development is adjacent to another multiple-family development.
Figure 12.54-1

(Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2252 § 10, 2018; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Any manufactured home park (MHP) development within the area zoned R-M4 shall be required to be buffered from adjacent single-family uses by a dense, evergreen, sight-obscuring landscape screen around the perimeter of the property. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The North Creek Valley special district shall be coterminous with the North Creek Valley/NE 195th Street Subarea. This special district is established as an overlay zoning classification pursuant to the Bothell comprehensive land use plan for the purpose of implementing the goals, policies and actions of that plan. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The North Creek Valley special district shall be divided into two subdistricts as follows:
A. Subdistrict A shall comprise all lands zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI; R 2,800, OP, NB and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO in the southeast corner of the subarea; and R-M4, OP, NB in the southeast corner of the subarea.
B. Subdistrict B shall comprise all lands zoned R-L1 within the western portion of the subarea and R 2,800, OP in the eastern part of the subarea.

Fig. 12.56.030-1.
(Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 2282 § 9, 2019; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1921 § 1, 2003; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1921. (Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Properties within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea shall have a hard surface coverage allotment of 60 percent. Impervious surfaces proposed shall be subject to the maximum hard surface allotment as well as environmental review, and shall comply with impervious surface requirements as set forth in BMC Title 14, Environment. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1924 § 1, 2004; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.090).
All development within the North Creek special district shall include provisions for pedestrian and bicycle access in accordance with the adopted pedestrian and bicycle facilities plan within the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. Special consideration shall be given to developing a complete nonmotor vehicle traffic network, including connections to a trail system along North Creek and access to such system. (Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.150).
A. The negative visual impact resulting from buildings with their rear elevation facing I-405 or SR-522 shall be avoided or substantially minimized through building orientation and design and/or effective screening.
B. Commercial development in the North Creek Valley special district shall not include businesses which are dependent upon attracting freeway motorists for a substantial portion of their business. Retail and service businesses located within the North Creek Valley special district are prohibited from orienting signs toward I-405 and SR-522. Signage shall be oriented to the street serving the business.
C. All development constructed in the vicinity of I-405 or SR-522 shall be designed and/or positioned so as to buffer freeway noise. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.170).
In order to further the purposes of this chapter as set forth in BMC 12.56.010, protect property values, minimize discordant and unsightly surroundings and visual blight, avoid inappropriate and poor quality design, and to promote aesthetic quality for the community as a whole, in addition to the design standards contained in Chapter 12.14 BMC, the following architectural standards shall be complied with:
A. Glare.
1. Mirror glass is permitted only when it can be demonstrated to produce no detrimental visual effect upon adjacent areas.
2. Lighting shall be directed toward the interior of the project and away from residential areas.
B. The major portions of the exterior building and fence materials shall be of natural and earth tones. Accent colors will be permitted on the minor portions of such materials.
C. Buildings should be designed to encourage overall compatibility. Modular units, tilt-up construction, and other cost-effective techniques are allowed and the final visual effect should be one of quality and permanence.
D. All vents, air conditioning units, mechanical, electrical and other equipment located on the roof of any structure shall be screened as needed to avoid an unsightly appearance as viewed from surrounding property, including hillside locations. The building roof design and covering/screening materials shall be described in detail, and it shall be demonstrated how these items will mitigate the visual impact of the equipment. These items shall be incorporated as an integral part of the overall building design. Projections of the view to the proposed site development, of roofs, and of rooftop equipment screening from adjacent hillsides, elevated roadways and residential areas shall be submitted.
E. Building Height.
1. The following special height regulations apply:
a. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI, the maximum allowable height is 100 feet, except that buildings may be up to 150 feet to accommodate manufacturing processes which require structures taller than 100 feet. In such cases, the applicant shall demonstrate why the process cannot be conducted in a building of 100 feet or less. Only that portion of the structure containing the manufacturing process may exceed 100 feet; offices and other areas of intensive employee activity are prohibited above this height.
b. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R 2,800, OP, NB; and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.
c. Within the portion of Subdistrict B east of 120th Avenue NE and 39th Avenue SE zoned R 2,800, OP, the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.
d. Building heights within the remainder of Subdistricts A and B shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC.
e. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (E)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where a property within any area described in subsection (E)(1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of such property.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
F. Minimum Residential Density and Minimum Floor Area Ratio.
1. Residential development shall achieve a minimum density of 35 dwelling units per net acre and a maximum density controlled by the site, building envelope, parking, recreation space, and other applicable regulations of this title.
2. Nonresidential development shall achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 0.5.
3. Mixed-use developments proposing both residential and nonresidential uses shall:
a. Achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 1.0; or
b. At the applicant’s discretion, either fully provide nonresidential land uses at the minimum floor area ratio of 0.5, and then apply a reduced residential density, or fully provide the minimum residential density of 35 units per net acre and then provide nonresidential land uses at a reduced floor area ratio.
4. For the purposes of this subsection F, floor area ratios shall be calculated in the manner specified in BMC 12.14.133. (Ord. 2353 § 11, 2021; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.180).
A. In Subdistrict A, building setback requirements along public rights-of-way shall be 25 feet, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E). Such setbacks shall be landscaped in accordance with the landscaping standards of BMC 12.56.100.
B. The setback requirements from all other property lines in Subdistrict A which do not abut R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be 10 feet. The setback requirements from property lines which abut R zoning shall be as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet.
C. In Subdistrict B, the setback requirements shall be governed by the standards of the zoning classification in which the development is located as set forth in Chapter 12.14 BMC, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet, and in BMC 12.56.120(H) for properties zoned R-AC, OP, NB.
D. In Subdistrict A, when adjoining properties are developed simultaneously, setback requirements, except setbacks on public rights-of-way, may be waived. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.190).
A. Planting of shade trees native to the area shall be required along public access routes to the North Creek shoreline.
B. Service, loading, storage and other areas which tend to be unsightly shall be oriented away from dedicated streets and private roadways and screened from view with landscaping or fencing of an attractive material.
C. The perimeter of parking areas shall be landscaped with solid screen evergreen plant material four feet high or fencing in combination with planting. Landscaped earth berms at least three feet high may substitute for the solid screen planting.
D. Mechanical equipment shall be screened with landscaping or attractive architectural features integrated into the structure itself.
E. To lessen the visual impact of outdoor parking lots, not less than seven percent of the interior of a parking lot with at least 15 parking stalls shall be landscaped. Landscaped strips between parking bays with appropriate ground cover and the planting of deciduous trees to achieve a canopy-like screening shall be required. Berms are also encouraged in the interior planted areas. Planting which is required for screening along the perimeter of any parking lot shall not be considered as fulfillment of the interior landscaping requirement. Planted areas within a parking lot shall be considered as part of the open space requirement.
F. All plant material used for parking lot landscaping shall be of sufficient size and development to have a significant impact on the screening of the lot immediately though the full effect will not be realized for several years.
G. Indigenous plant material with emphasis on trees and shade cover shall be required for landscaping along North Creek. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.200).
A. Required number of stalls shall be in accordance with Chapter 12.16 BMC;
B. Cooperative joint usage of parking lots by two or more commercial businesses within a development shall be encouraged when the suitability of this cooperative agreement is determined. Criteria for such a determination includes:
1. The size of the joint parking lot which shall be governed by the timing of customer usage of the space and of the peak business periods of participating businesses.
a. When peak periods of business overlap for two or more businesses wishing a joint parking lot, the required number of parking stalls may be reduced to 75 percent of the total parking stalls required for all businesses.
b. The number of parking stalls for two businesses shall be the same as that required for the larger of the two when it is shown that one of the two cooperating businesses is relatively inactive during peak periods of the other.
c. The number of parking stalls for three or more businesses with nonoverlapping peak hours shall be at least the same as that required by the largest business. Additional parking stalls may be required by the community development director;
2. Location of the parking area either on the same lot or within 200 feet of the building it is intended to serve. For longer term parking, such as employee or proprietor parking, portions of the parking may be located up to 500 feet from the building if such an arrangement is found by the community development director to adequately serve the needs of the development for parking;
3. Adequate signing in the parking area and entrance to the cooperative establishments to clarify for customers that the parking area is common to both;
4. Safe and adequate pedestrian connections between the parking area and the businesses;
C. A minimum of 50 percent of the space saved on a site through joint use of parking areas must be set aside as open space with pedestrian access and allocated equally among businesses;
D. All approved joint uses of parking areas, including use by the public of private lots adjacent to public recreation areas, shall be made permanent by the execution of a written agreement approved by the city attorney which makes the agreement continuous during the occupancy of the business unless satisfactory alternative arrangements are authorized by the community development director. This agreement shall be filed with the city clerk and recorded with the King County department of records and elections or the Snohomish County auditor’s office at the expense of the applicant;
E. Where pedestrian walks are used in parking lots for the use of foot traffic only, they shall be curbed, or raised six inches above the lot surface;
F. Parking lots utilizing material that is to some degree pervious and creates the visual impression of natural ground coverage are encouraged, but no compensating increase in hard surface allotment shall be given;
G.
1. The feasibility of reducing the number of parking stalls required to be provided as part of the development through the use of transportation system management (TSM) techniques shall be addressed. Examples of TSM techniques include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carpooling,
b. Vanpooling,
c. Subsidized bus passes,
d. A monthly charge for parking,
e. A monthly subsidy for use of ridesharing,
f. Use of flextime;
2. The number of and length of time per day stalls will be available for carpool/vanpool use, the percentages of employees which will use each system, the economic incentives to be used to encourage ride-sharing use, the use of flextime and/or joint parking facilities, the level of bus service provided to the site, and any other strategies which will be utilized to decrease the amount of traffic generated by the development should be addressed. If an applicant demonstrates these techniques will be successful and obligates themself to implement and maintain them on an ongoing basis, the city may reduce the required number of parking stalls below the number required by this title. The land for the required but unprovided parking stalls shall be set aside as open space until/if it is needed for additional parking. If the city finds the techniques were not successful, an applicant shall provide the additional parking stalls or reduce the building area utilized by the use. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.220).
Road connections from 112th Avenue NE to streets in the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea for use by nonemergency motor vehicles shall be prohibited, in accordance with BMC 12.14.180(A)(1). Connections for police, fire and emergency medical service vehicles, pedestrians and bicyclists may be provided, subject to BMC 12.14.180(A)(2) and (3). (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.56.180).
Exterior motor vehicle sales and display are permitted on properties containing Community Business (CB) zoning and a Motor Vehicle Sales Overlay (MVSO) designation subject to the following special regulations:
A. Illumination for motor vehicle sale properties shall be consistent with the following:
1. A lighting plan prepared by a qualified lighting engineer shall be submitted with any motor vehicle sales building permit application. The plan shall demonstrate consistency with these provisions.
2. All light fixtures shall be shielded to prevent off-site glare and shall direct light downward onto the sales lot. Shielding shall be installed to prevent the light bulb, filament or light source within the fixture from being directly visible from all residential zones.
3. Lighting fixtures shall be designed and installed in such a manner that no more than one footcandle of power of light at five feet above grade crosses a residential zoning boundary in accordance with BMC 8.64.030.
B. Landscaping within motor vehicle sales areas shall be consistent with the following:
1. A minimum 25-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed along the common property line between any motor vehicle sales use and any existing residential use. All other property lines shall have the landscape perimeter installed in accordance with Chapter 12.18 BMC.
a. Trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall consist of 100 percent coniferous species;
b. Coniferous trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall have a minimum height of 12 feet at time of installation.
2. Street right-of-way, front lot line, interior parking lot landscaping and all other required landscaping shall be installed pursuant to Chapter 12.18 BMC and BMC 12.56.100.
C. Paging systems for employees of motor vehicle sales operations shall be wireless pagers, cellular phones, or other devices that do not allow voice or sound transmittal through the air, except that external employee paging systems that allow voice or sound transmittal through the air may be permitted subject to the following requirements:
1. An external paging system plan with specifications designed and prepared by a licensed acoustical engineer shall be submitted to the department of community development for review and approval.
2. The paging system shall be designed consistent with the following:
a. All external speakers installed for the paging system shall be oriented away from existing residential uses and all residential zones.
b. The paging system shall be designed to be consistent with the maximum noise levels established under WAC 173-60-040.
3. Prior to issuance of any certificate of occupancy, or, in cases where the system is installed in an existing motor vehicle sales lot, use of the paging system, the acoustical engineer shall provide written verification to the city that the paging system is consistent with these standards. (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001. Formerly 12.56.190).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Bloomberg Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2441 § 5 (Exh. E), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Predominant views, both from and to the hillside areas, shall be preserved in order to retain the natural character and the sense of identity that the hillside areas now impart. Visual impact studies shall be provided by developers detailing the effects of grading, tree removal, building and parking placement and streets proposed in development plans. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Brickyard Road/Queensgate Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Properties zoned GC within this subarea shall be exempt from the setback requirements of BMC 12.14.070(D), the landscape buffering regulations of BMC 12.18.110, and the exterior building design – multifamily residential, commercial or industrial development abutting single-family residential zoning regulations of BMC 12.14.220. This relief is granted specifically to lands zoned GC that abut lands zoned R-L1. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
These regulations provide for development of a pedestrian-, bicycle- and transit-oriented mixed use neighborhood to capitalize on the area’s close proximity and access to I-405 for commuting and other longer trips while promoting nonmotorized travel for convenience shopping and services and recreation trips within the neighborhood.
A. Building Height.
1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 50 feet if both of the following conditions are met:
a. At least 20 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure; and
b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070, shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
B. Site and Building Design. In addition to or in lieu of city-wide site and building design regulations in BMC 12.14.170 through 12.14.230, and city-wide parking, transit and pedestrian circulation design regulations in BMC 12.16.080 through 12.16.120, development shall be subject to the following regulations specific to this zoning district:
1. The threshold for having to provide a community gathering place as described in BMC 12.14.180(E) shall be a development area of one acre or more, rather than the standard five acres; such community gathering spaces shall be located and configured so as to be visible and inviting to the general public but shielded to the maximum extent feasible from freeway and arterial noise;
2. Sidewalks within the public right-of-way shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width; internal sidewalks not solely for use by residents or employees of a development shall be a minimum of eight feet in width;
3. At street crossings, development shall incorporate pedestrian “refuges,” art works, neighborhood information kiosks and/or other devices to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the zoning district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood.
C. Traffic Congestion Mitigation at I-405 Interchange and Proximate Intersections. In conjunction with satisfaction of city concurrency and traffic impact mitigation requirements, any project proponent within this zoning district shall coordinate with the city of Bothell, the Washington State Department of Transportation, Sound Transit, King County Metro Transit and other applicable agencies to identify and implement strategies for reducing congestion at and around the interchange. Such implementation shall be via construction of physical improvements proportional to the impact generated by the proposed development; contribution of funding towards such improvements; and/or other measures as deemed warranted by the Bothell public works director. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010. Formerly 12.60.025).
Norway Hill has been identified as a particularly important source of cool water for the Sammamish River, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in the Sammamish River. Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of surface water bodies such as wetlands and streams. BMC 12.14.180(C), Development on Hillsides, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of groundwater movement as it may be affected by hillside development. This section augments BMC 12.14.180(C) by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically existing on Norway Hill.
A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.
5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.
a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.080(1) and 90.46.010(10). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).
b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.
6. State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations.
B. Site and Building Design Standards.
1. General Requirements.
a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the recharging of the groundwater table.
b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements and recommendations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.
2. Impervious Surface Coverage.
a. Developments shall limit the amount of impervious surface coverage on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum coverage necessary to accommodate the development.
b. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to reduce impervious surface coverage and to reduce driveway lengths and widths.
3. Natural Foliage Retention Requirements.
a. For the purposes of this chapter, “natural foliage” shall mean naturally occurring trees, understory plants (shrubs), groundcovers and the layer of dead leaves, needles, and vegetation (forest duff) found on the ground.
b. Developments shall limit the amount of natural foliage removed on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum necessary to accommodate the development.
c. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to preserve natural foliage areas and to reduce grading limits.
4. Grading Limitations.
a. Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
b. Grading activities shall follow existing topographic contours to the maximum extent possible.
c. Changes to preexisting ground elevations shall be minimized.
d. Use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas is preferred over graded artificial slopes. Retaining walls and high foundations on the underside of buildings shall be screened by vegetation.
5. Structure Requirements.
a. Structures and improvements shall conform to the natural contour of the slope with foundations tiered to conform to the existing topography.
b. Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 10 feet outside the building footprint area are prohibited.
c. Use of common access drives and utility corridors is required where feasible.
d. Under structure parking and multilevel structures shall be incorporated where feasible.
e. Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow the natural contours of the hillsides while maintaining consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Access shall be located in the least sensitive area feasible.
f. Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
g. Use of pole-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
h. Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification. Piled deck support structures are preferable for parking or garages to fill-based construction types. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.60.030).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Westhill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
Development in this area shall incorporate the following features, where practical:
A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart and/or shared between adjacent properties in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or exiting traffic;
B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;
C. Where possible, parking shall be located alongside or behind buildings, but not between buildings and SR-522; and
D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the visual impacts of development along SR-522. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
The purposes of the AG agricultural zone are to preserve and protect irreplaceable and limited supplies of farmland well suited to agricultural uses by their location, geological formation and chemical and organic composition, and to encourage environmentally sound agricultural production. These purposes are accomplished by:
A. Establishing a 35-acre minimum lot size to retain parcels sized for efficient farming;
B. Allowing for uses related to agricultural production and limiting nonagricultural uses to those compatible with farming, or requiring close proximity for the support of agriculture; and
C. Allowing for residential development primarily to house farm owners, on-site agricultural employees and their respective families. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
The purpose of this chapter is to help implement the vision for Canyon Park as provided in the adopted Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. New Construction. These development regulations, Chapter 12.48 BMC, will be used to evaluate development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundaries, including the following Canyon Park Subarea zoning classifications:
1. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – High (OR-H).
2. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (OR-M).
3. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Low (OR-L).
4. Residential Mixed-Use – High (RMU-H).
5. Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (RMU-M).
6. Employment – Medium (E-M).
7. Employment – Low (E-L).
Other zoning classifications that are within the Canyon Park Subarea, but not within the regional growth center designation, are subject to the applicable citywide regulations.
B. Additions and Improvements. Three different thresholds have been established to determine how the regulations herein are applied to such projects:
1. Level I improvements include all exterior remodels, building additions, and/or site improvements that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site and/or cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site less than 50 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. The requirement for such improvements is only that the proposed improvements meet the regulations and do not lead to further nonconformance with the regulations.
For example, if a property owner decides to replace a building façade’s siding, then the siding must meet the applicable exterior building material regulations, but elements such as building articulation would not be required.
Outdoor dining space structures of 1,000 square feet in area or less associated with existing businesses are exempt from the provisions of this chapter and do not constitute an expansion of the existing business.
2. Level II improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by 50 percent to 100 percent, within three years of the date of permit issuance. All regulations that do not involve repositioning the building or reconfiguring site development must apply to Level II improvements.
For example, if a property owner of an existing business in the RMU-M zone wants to build an addition equaling 75 percent of the current building’s footprint, then the following elements must apply:
a. The location and design of the addition/remodel must be consistent with the block frontage design regulations in Article IV of this chapter, which addresses building frontages, entries, parking lot location, and street setback landscaping. For such developments seeking additions to buildings where off-street parking location currently does not comply with applicable parking location regulations, building additions are allowed provided they do not increase any current nonconformity and generally bring the project closer into conformance with the regulations.
b. Comply with applicable through-block connection, trail, and off-street parking regulations (in Article III of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The through-block connection and trail provisions would apply where such addition is located in the immediate area of such features shown in Figure 12.48.200.
c. Comply with applicable block frontage regulations (in Article IV of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The block frontage provisions would apply when such an addition is located adjacent to a particular designated block frontage shown in Figure 12.48.305.
d. Comply with the site planning design regulations (in Article V of this chapter) associated with proposed site and building improvements.
e. Comply with the applicable building design regulations (in Article VI of this chapter), except architectural scale and materials provisions related to the existing portion of the building where no exterior changes are proposed.
f. Comply with applicable off-street parking, landscaping, and signage provisions that relate to proposed improvements.
3. Level III improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by more than 100 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. Such developments must conform to all applicable regulations, except in a case where there are multiple buildings on one site, and only one building is being enlarged. In that scenario, improvements to the additional buildings are not required, but conformance with all other regulations apply.
C. Transition Period for Proposed But Nonvested Projects Within the Canyon Park Subarea. Project proponents within the Canyon Park Subarea whose projects have not vested to the regulations in effect prior to January 1, 2021, which is the effective date of both Ordinance 2340 (2020), establishing the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, and Ordinance 2341 (2020), adopting development regulations to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, may apply for Type I, II and III actions under such prior regulations provided all of the following criteria are met:
1. Prior to adoption of Ordinance 2340 (2020), a formal pre-application meeting has been conducted with city staff and all fees for the pre-application meeting have been paid.
2. The proposed project is a qualifying land use as defined by the Planned Action Ordinance, Ordinance 2342 (2020), for the Canyon Park Subarea.
3. A complete application for such actions is submitted to and accepted by the city by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021. A Canyon Park Subarea project application which is submitted and accepted by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021, but determined by the community development director not to be complete shall not qualify for review under the prior regulations.
This subsection and the regulations established herein shall expire contemporaneously with the end of the transition period. (Ord. 2397 § 4, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Most sections within this chapter include the following elements:
A. Purpose statements, which are overarching objectives.
B. Requirements use words such as “must” and “is/are required,” signifying required actions.
C. Guidelines use words such as “should” or “is/are recommended,” signifying desired, but voluntary, measures.
D. Departures are provided for specific regulations. They allow alternative designs provided the director determines the design meets the purpose of the requirements and guidelines and other applicable criteria. See BMC 12.48.030 for related procedures associated with departures.
E. This chapter contains some specific regulations that are easily quantifiable, while others provide a level of discretion in how they are complied with. In the latter case, the applicant must demonstrate to the director, in writing, how the project meets the purpose of the standard or regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Overview and Purpose. This chapter provides for a number of specific departure opportunities to development regulations. The purpose is to provide applicants with the option of proposing alternative design treatments provided such departures meet the “purpose” of the particular regulation and any additional departure criteria established for the particular departure opportunity.
B. Applicability. Departure opportunities are available only where noted for specific regulations.
C. Procedures. Permit applications that include departure requests go through the standard review procedures in this chapter depending on the application type.
D. Approval Criteria. Project applicants must successfully demonstrate to the decision-maker how the proposed departure meets the purpose(s) of the regulation and other applicable departure criteria that apply to the specific regulation.
E. Documentation. The decision-maker must document the reasons for approving all departures (to be maintained with project application records) for the purpose of providing consistency in decision-making by the city. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where provisions of this chapter conflict with provisions in any other section of the Bothell Municipal Code (BMC), this chapter prevails unless otherwise noted. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan goals and policies through land-use regulations.
B. Provide an efficient and compatible relationship of land uses and zones. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Fig. 12.48.110. Canyon Park zoning map.


When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the community development director must make a determination as to the location of the boundary in question via application of BMC 12.04.140. (Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Table 12.48.120 below provides the list of permitted uses in Canyon Park Subarea zones. See BMC 12.06.020 for clarification of table elements.
Table 12.48.120. Uses permitted in Canyon Park Subarea zones.
Table legend: P = Permitted use C = Conditional use No letter = Use not permitted Use Categories | RMU-H | RMU-M | OR-H | OR-M | OR-L | E-M | E-L | Additional Provisions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NONRESIDENTIAL | ||||||||
Automotive, marine, and heavy equipment services | P | P | ||||||
Business or personal services use | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Eating and drinking establishments | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | All permissions exclude drive-through order restaurants. |
Education services | PX | P | P | P | P | PX | P | Applicable uses occupying 10 acres or more in land area are subject to conditional use approval in all zones. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Essential public facilities | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | Essential public facilities are subject to the development conditions in BMC 12.06.080(B). |
Government services, general | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Health and social services, except as listed below: | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Day care centers | PX | P | P | P | P | PX | P | Day care uses include child and adult day care and are subject to all state licensing requirements. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Hospital | CX | C | C | C | C | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Hotels and motels | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Manufacturing, except as listed below: | PX | PX | PX | P | P | XOperations must be conducted entirely indoors, except outdoor storage is conditionally permitted. | ||
Distribution, storage and warehousing | P | P | ||||||
Artisan manufacturing | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Recreation, culture and entertainment, except as listed below: | PX | P | P | P | P | Operations must be conducted entirely indoors. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Sports fields and courts | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Parks | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Swimming pools | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Retail uses, as listed below and based on gross floor area (GFA)/individual use: | Excludes retail uses with exterior sales and/or storage areas greater than 15,000sf GFA or occupying a greater area than the use’s building. | |||||||
<2,500sf GFA | P | P | P1 | P1 | P1 | P1 | P1 | 1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use). |
2,500 – 12,000sf GFA | P | P | P | P1 | P1 | 1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use). | ||
12,001 – 50,000sf GFA | P | P | ||||||
>50,000sf GFA | P | P | ||||||
Temporary uses | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for temporary uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
Transportation | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for transportation uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
Utilities | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for utility uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
RESIDENTIAL | ||||||||
Note: Residential uses are not allowed on the ground floor facing a designated primary block frontage (see BMC 12.48.320(B)). Exception: Lobbies for permitted multifamily uses provided the units meet the regulations in BMC 12.48.320(B)). | ||||||||
Adult family homes | PX | P | P | P | P | Use is subject to obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 70.128 RCW. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Dwelling units, accessory | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.14.135. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Dwelling units, multifamily | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Family day care | PX | P | P | P | P | Use is subject to: • Obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 74.15 RCW. • Certification by the office of child care policy licensor that a safe passenger loading area, if necessary, is provided. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Home occupations | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.06.140(B)(8). XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Nursing homes | CX | C | C | C | C | Chapter 12.10, BMC. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Residential care facilities | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.06.140(B)(12). XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Specialized senior housing | CX | C | C | C | C | Chapter 12.10 BMC. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Uses accessory to principal uses | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To promote forms of development that reinforce and/or enhance the desired character of the Canyon Park Subarea zones.
B. Dimensional Regulations Table. The table below addresses the form and intensity of development specific to individual Canyon Park Subarea zones. The zone is located on the vertical columns and the form/intensity measure being addressed is located on the horizontal rows.
Table 12.48.130. Dimensional regulations for Canyon Park Subarea zone
Measure | RMU-H | RMU-M | OR-H | OR-M | OR-L | E-M | E-L | Additional Provisions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY AND HEIGHT | ||||||||
Minimum floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.4 | BMC 12.48.140. |
Maximum base FAR | 2.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 2 | 0.6 | 2 | 1 | BMC 12.48.140. |
Maximum FAR with incentives | There is no set maximum FAR for each zone other than those parameters set forth for the incentive provisions in BMC 12.48.150, 12.48.180, and 12.48.190. | |||||||
Maximum building height (feet) | 85X | 85X | 85X | 85X | 55 | 100 | 100 | |
X85' and no more than 7 stories. | ||||||||
Maximum hard surface coverage (%) | There is no maximum percentage standard for hard surface coverage. However, hard surface coverage will be limited by setbacks, required landscaping and open space, compliance with storm water management provisions (see City of Bothell Storm Water Design Manual), critical areas provisions (see Chapter 14.04 BMC), and market conditions, and compliance with other zoning and site design regulations in this chapter. | |||||||
(Ord. 2459 § 2 (Exh. B), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 3, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Floor area ratio (FAR) is defined as the floor area of all buildings on a lot divided by the area of that lot. Exception: The following site and floor areas are excluded from floor area ratio calculations:
1. Critical areas and required buffer areas.
2. Wetland mitigation areas.
3. Storm water ponds.
4. Above-grade structured parking facilities.
Fig. 12.48.140. Floor area ratio explained.

B. Minimum FAR Applicability.
1. Nonconforming structures in existence as of the effective date of this regulation that propose an increase in area are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section.
2. New structures proposed on parcels with existing structures are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section provided all of the following conditions are met:
a. The total FAR existing on the parcel is increased by the new structure.
b. The new structure is not part of a redevelopment project for the entire parcel.
3. Owners or developers of essential public facilities, as defined by state and local regulations, that have demonstrated the facility cannot feasibly or practicably comply with the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter shall be permitted to develop such site with a floor area that is feasible and practicable for the proposed essential public facility. In this case, said owner or developer shall sever development rights through the recording of a TDR covenant and transfer or sell those development rights in accordance with the requirements of BMC 12.48.180 in an amount equal to the difference between the proposed floor area for the essential public facility and the gross floor area that otherwise would be required pursuant to the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 2398 § 2, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. All developments creating new dwelling units or commercial space within the RMU-H, RMU-M, OR-H, and OR-M zones shall provide for affordable housing.
B. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing and linkage fees required by this section, except as expressly provided within this section.
C. Minimum Requirements.
1. At least 10 percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development shall be affordable at the following levels as defined in BMC 12.07.015:
a. Owner-occupied housing shall be affordable to moderate-income households.
b. Renter-occupied housing shall be affordable to mid-moderate-income households.
2. All developments creating rentable, climate-controlled, nonresidential floor area shall pay the city a commercial development-affordable housing linkage fee as established by the city council. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To enhance pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the subarea.
B. Dimensions. Blocks must be designed to provide publicly accessible pedestrian and/or vehicular connections at intervals no greater than indicated in Table 12.48.130 by zoning district.
C. Exceptions.
1. Developments that complete required through-block connections (delineated in Figure 12.48.200) on the subject property are exempt from these regulations.
2. Where topography, right-of-way, uses that require large site/building footprints, existing construction or physical conditions, or other geographic conditions prevent compliance or impose an unusual hardship on the applicant, the director may relax the regulations provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on the site given the constraints. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The Canyon Park Subarea Plan calls for a 500-foot buffer from the centerline of each directional roadway of Interstate 405 to prevent residential and other sensitive uses (e.g., schools, day cares) within close proximity to very heavy traffic volumes (where air pollution and health impacts are typically highest). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. The purpose of the transfer of development rights (TDR) program in the Canyon Park Subarea is to advance the goals and policies in the city’s comprehensive plan, including the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, regarding affordable housing, local employment, transit accessibility, and essential public facilities. It is also intended to help this area fulfill requirements under the Puget Sound Regional Council’s Regional Growth Centers framework for planned target densities.
B. Definitions. Where used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below in this subsection:
1. “Certificate of TDR availability” refers to a document issued by the director confirming the development rights (including, but not limited to, increased floor area) available on a sending site.
2. “Certificate of TDR receipt” refers to a document issued by the director and executed, acknowledged, and recorded by the owners of a receiving site and a sending site to document the transfer or sale of development rights from a sending site to a receiving site.
3. “Development rights” are the right of the owner of a sending site to develop building floor area on the sending site in accordance with BMC 12.48.140, expressed as gross floor area square footage.
4. “Director” means the community development director or their designee.
5. A “governmental owner” is either the state (or its agencies) or any county, municipal corporation, regional transit authority, or other governmental entity created under state law that owns a sending site.
6. “Governmental restriction” means any law, regulation, or policy governing the surplus, sale, or transfer of a governmental owner’s interests in real property.
7. “Incentive” means the increased floor area available to a receiving site through a certificate of TDR receipt used in compliance with this section.
8. “Receiving sites” are certain lots that are benefitted by a transfer of development rights from a sending site as evidenced by a certificate of TDR receipt. A sending site may also be a receiving site so long as the requirements of subsection D of this section are met.
9. “Sending sites” are those certain lots that are eligible to transfer development rights to a receiving site pursuant to this chapter.
10. “TDR covenant” is a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director that evidences a severance of development rights appurtenant to the sending site.
C. Sending Sites.
1. Land is eligible for participation in the TDR program as a sending site if included in Figure 12.48.180.C, Eligible Sending Sites, and in compliance with all criteria in subsection (C)(2) of this section.
Fig. 12.48.180.C. Eligible Sending Sites
.jpg)
2. The following criteria must also be met:
a. The development rights available on the sending site under BMC Table 12.48.130 shall not have been either:
(1) Previously sold or otherwise permanently transferred by an owner of the sending site; or
(2) Restricted or otherwise encumbered by recorded easements, deed restrictions, equitable servitudes, or similar measures.
b. The sending site shall not include improvements that exceed the maximum base FAR for the site as defined under Table 12.48.130.
c. The land shall not have been granted a reasonable use exception under BMC 14.04.140. Nothing in this subsection shall require that a reasonable use exception equal the economic value of the development credits granted under this section.
d. If the owner of an eligible sending site is a governmental owner, the city cannot deny an application for a certificate of TDR availability (under subsection F of this section) or refuse to sign a TDR covenant (under subsection G of this section) due to any governmental restriction.
e. If the sending site owner is a governmental owner, the governmental owner and the city may enter into an interlocal agreement governing the severance and/or transfer of any development rights as authorized or required by this section. The interlocal agreement may also be used to calculate development rights appurtenant to any sending site covered by the interlocal agreement and may be considered as a certificate of TDR availability for the purposes of this chapter.
D. Receiving Sites.
1. Owners of lots depicted on Figure 12.48.180.D, Eligible Receiving Sites, are eligible to apply to the city for participation in the TDR program to obtain development rights as a receiving site. All prospective receiving sites must comply with the provisions in subsection (D)(2) of this section and any other eligibility criteria that may be established by the Director from time to time.
Fig. 12.48.180.D. Eligible Receiving Sites
.jpg)
2. Except as may otherwise be provided by the incentives discussed in subsection I of this section, development of a receiving site shall remain subject to all applicable development regulations of the Bothell Municipal Code.
E. Calculating Development Rights.
1. Provided that compliance with the dimensional requirements contained in Table 12.48.130 is achieved and maintained (except in the case of a development permitted to transfer development rights pursuant to BMC 12.48.140(B)(3)), the owner of a sending site is entitled to transfer or sell development rights to the owner of a receiving site, in increments of 1,000 square feet of floor area, for each 1,000 square feet of floor area that was allowed to be developed, but was not used, in the development of the sending site. Fractional transfers of less than 1,000 square feet of floor area are not allowed.
2. Development rights available for transfer from a sending site shall be calculated as follows:
a. The total area of critical areas, required buffer areas, and wetland mitigation areas located, or proposed to be located, on the sending site shall be subtracted from the total area of land in the sending site.
b. The number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(a) of this section shall then be multiplied by the maximum base FAR for the underlying zone set forth in Table 12.48.130.
c. The net floor area associated with existing development on the sending site, or with pending applications for development on the sending site, shall then be subtracted from the number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(b) of this section, with the result being the development rights available for transfer from the sending site in increments of 1,000 square feet.
F. Certification of TDR Availability for Sending Sites.
1. Prior to the recording of a TDR covenant, or any transfer or sale of any development rights, the owner of a sending site must file an application with the city for the issuance of a certificate of TDR availability. The director shall establish the submittal requirements necessary for the application and any required application forms. If the owner of a sending site enters into an interlocal agreement with the city as provided in subsection (C)(2)(e) of this section, it shall not be required to comply with this subsection.
2. The director will verify ownership and eligibility of the sending site and will calculate the quantity of development rights available for transfer in accordance with subsection E of this section. The director’s review and issuance of a certificate of TDR availability shall be a ministerial, Type I process under Title 11 BMC.
3. The director will issue the owner of the sending site a certificate of TDR availability stating the quantity of development rights the sending site is eligible to transfer.
4. A sending site for which the city has issued a certificate of TDR availability shall be limited to development consistent with the purpose and intent of this section and with the criteria originally used as the basis for issuing the sending site a certificate of TDR availability. Failure to use the sending site in a manner consistent with the original certification may result in the city, at the discretion of the director, refusing to sign a TDR covenant.
5. The certificate of TDR availability shall terminate when whichever of the following occurs first:
a. Five years from the date of issuance;
b. When there has been a formal severance of development rights from the sending site, as evidenced by the recording of a TDR covenant on title to the sending site; or
c. When the director determines, based on the requirements set forth in this chapter, that additional development of the sending site invalidates the assumptions underpinning the certificate of TDR availability.
G. Severance of Development Rights from Sending Sites – Transfer of Development Rights to Receiving Sites.
1. To complete a severance of development rights from a sending site, the director must have previously issued a certificate of TDR availability for the sending site. So long as the owner of the sending site is in possession of a valid certificate of TDR availability, when the owner of the sending site is prepared to sever development rights from a sending site, it shall execute, and the director shall be required to execute and record in the real property records of the county where the sending site is located, a TDR covenant to sever the development rights from the sending site.
2. The TDR covenant shall indicate the development rights to be formally severed from the sending site, measured in thousands of square feet, in accordance with the restrictions of subsection (E)(1) of this section, and any restrictions conditioning the use of the development rights (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction).
3. Any receiving site obtaining a transfer of development rights shall be issued a certificate of TDR receipt by the director, which shall be signed and acknowledged by the owners of both the sending site and the receiving site. The certificate of TDR receipt shall state the quantity of development rights granted to the receiving site, any restrictions conditioning the receiving site owner’s use of the development rights granted therein (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction), and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the sending site and the receiving site are located.
4. With the consent of the director, a certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be transferred one or more times to other eligible receiving sites. The director’s consent shall be withheld only where the development rights to be transferred have been used completely by the receiving site, the prospective receiving site is ineligible as described in subsection D of this section, or where otherwise necessary to ensure compliance with this section. Any transfer of a certificate of TDR receipt shall be acknowledged by the transferor, the transferee, and the city and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the transferor and transferee receiving sites are located.
5. A building permit application submitted by the owner of a receiving site desiring to use development rights transferred under this section shall contain a statement describing the amount of transferred development rights proposed to be used, how the development rights are proposed to be used, and how the use of transferred development rights meets the city’s development standards and goals under the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
6. Applicants are not required to own or control a certificate of TDR receipt at the time of applying for a discretionary land use approval. Any vested rights to which the applicant is entitled under state law shall not be affected by the presence or absence of a certificate of TDR receipt at the time a complete application is submitted. Instead, the city shall condition any discretionary land use approval on the applicant’s receipt of all required development rights for the applicant’s project prior to the city’s issuance of any ministerial permits for the receiving site.
7. The city shall maintain a registry documenting the ownership history of all transferable development rights by serial number from when they are severed from the sending site to their use on a receiving site.
H. Sending Site Development Restrictions.
1. Upon the recording of a TDR covenant, the minimum FAR and the maximum base FAR under BMC 12.48.130 for the sending site shall be decreased by the amount development rights listed in the TDR covenant.
2. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded shall not undertake any division, subdivision, or partitioning of the sending site, whether by physical or legal process, which includes, but is not limited to, any subdivision, short subdivision, platting, binding site plan, testamentary division, or other process by which the property is divided into lots or in which title to different portions of the sending site are not held in unified ownership, unless such land division allocates development restrictions between the divided parcels of property in a manner consistent with the terms of the TDR covenant and is approved of the director in their reasonable discretion.
3. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded may elect to use some or all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site so long as the TDR covenant is formally amended or released in a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director. The director shall execute any such amendment or release requested by the owner of the sending site, so long as all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site have not been transferred or sold to another receiving site and the previously-severed development rights are needed to complete the construction of additional floor area on the sending site.
I. Receiving Site Incentives. A certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be used, subject to the limitations of this section and other requirements in the Bothell Municipal Code, as authorization to construct additional commercial and residential floor area in exceedance of the maximum base FAR allowed on the receiving site under BMC 12.48.130, up to and including the square footage of floor area represented on the certificate(s) of TDR receipt to be used. (Ord. 2461 § 4 (Exh. D), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 1, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Reserved. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Expand and enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and streetscape design that support the envisioned pedestrian-friendly mixed-use development within the subarea.
B. To emphasize a “complete streets” approach to street improvements within Canyon Park. This involves designing and operating streets to enable safe and convenient access and travel for all users including pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and people of all ages and abilities, as well as freight and motor vehicle drivers, and to foster a sense of place in the public realm with attractive design amenities.
C. Clarify the nature, extent, and location of required street improvements.
Fig. 12.48.200. Canyon Park Subarea street network, streetscape classifications, and planned through-block connections.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
New street regulations are established to enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and support the envisioned development within the subarea. Required new streets shall be built by developers as development occurs. New streets are required:
A. To complete new streets identified in Figure 12.48.200. Specific alignments for new or extended street connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
B. To help comply with maximum block requirements in BMC 12.48.160. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of three planned streetscape classifications for planned new, extended, and improved streets in the subarea. Subsections C through E of this section provide the regulations for each streetscape type.
A. Required Adjustments. Adjustments to the streetscape regulations may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
B. Design Departures. Adjustments to the streetscape classification regulations in subsections C through E of this section and the street cross-sections specified for streets internal to the Canyon Park Business Center in the Canyon Park Subarea Plan may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
C. Primary Streetscapes. Primary streetscapes are intended to function as the subarea’s primary neighborhood center streets. Figure 12.48.220.C below illustrates optional streetscape cross-sections.
Fig. 12.48.220.C. Cross-section options for primary streetscapes.


D. Highway/Arterial Streetscapes. This includes Bothell/Everett Highway (SR 527), Maltby Road (SR 524), and 228th Street SE. While these are very busy streets with considerable vehicular traffic, they are the front doorsteps of the neighborhood and will accommodate an increasing number of pedestrians as envisioned redevelopment activity occurs.
Figure 12.48.220.D illustrates the cross-section regulations for highway/arterial streets, unless otherwise directed by an adopted streetscape plan.
Fig. 12.48.220.D. Minimum required sidewalk and planting strip on highway/arterial streets.

E. Other Streetscapes. This includes all other streets within the subarea’s mixed-use zoning districts. These streets are intended to function as pedestrian-friendly streets serving a mixture of office, residential, and commercial retail uses.
Figures 12.48.220.E.1 and 12.48.220.E.2 illustrate the standard cross-section regulations for other streetscapes. Variations to these cross-sections may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
Fig. 12.48.220.E.1. Cross-section of streetscape regulations for other streetscapes when featuring a primary/storefront block frontage design.

Fig. 12.48.220.E.2. Streetscape cross-section for other streetscapes when featuring a stoop or landscaped setback.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of several “through-block connections” intended to primarily enhance pedestrian circulation in the area, while also providing an option for vehicular access to on-site parking, functioning as a design amenity to new development, and breaking up the massing of buildings on long blocks. Specific regulations:
A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed through-block connection within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such through-block connections in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement. Exception:
For uses that require large building footprints, restricted security access, or other unique requirements for restricting access, the director may approve alternatives to designated through-block connections provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on and/or around the site and the designs maximize opportunities for connectivity and contribution to a network.
B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the through-block connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
C. Accessibility. Through-block connections must be accessible to the public at all times and may take a variety of forms, depending on the block size and use mix, as specified in subsection F of this section, Through-Block Connection Types.
D. Design Departures. Adjustments to the through-block connection regulations in subsection F of this section may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design:
1. Creates a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.
2. Provides an effective transition between the shared lane or path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).
3. Functions as a design amenity to the development.
E. Cantilever Design. Buildings may project or cantilever into minimum required easement areas on building levels above the connection provided a 13-foot, six-inch vertical clearance is maintained and all other regulations are met.
F. Through-Block Connection Types. Unless otherwise noted below and elsewhere in this chapter, required through-block connections may take any of the following forms set forth in subsections (F)(1) through (F)(4) of this section. A combination of designs set forth above may be used for each connection.
1. Alley Design.
a. Applicability. The traditional alley design option is permitted on blocks featuring storefronts along at least 50 percent of the block’s perimeter frontage.
b. Twenty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way travel lane featuring asphalt, concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.1. Cross-section of minimum regulations for an alley.

2. Woonerf Design.
a. Applicability. The “woonerf,” or shared lane, may apply to any through-block connection within the subarea.
b. Forty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way shared travel lane featuring concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material. Asphalt is prohibited.
d. Ten-foot minimum landscaping strips with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040 on each side of the shared lane. Curbs and/or raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.
e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 20 feet is required for the shared travel lane.
f. Woonerf design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.
Figure 12.48.230.F.2 illustrates the cross-section for minimum regulations for the woonerf design.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.2. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection.

Figure 12.48.230.F.2.a illustrates regulations for scenarios where a through-block connection is located on the edge of a site, where its development likely will be phased in as the adjacent properties redevelop.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.2.a. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection when developed along the edge of development site.

The top image illustrates a scenario where a new development includes a required access corridor on the edge of the development site abutting an existing development. In this scenario, a minimum 20-foot easement must be required and include a shared lane. The shared lane must be designed to allow a future connection to the adjacent site.
The bottom image illustrates a second phase where the adjacent property is redeveloped. An additional 20-foot easement will be required plus a connection must be added (where necessary to provide access for on-site parking), but the remaining area must be landscaped with Type III landscaping (see BMC 12.18.040).
3. Landscaped Passageway Design.
a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site.
b. Thirty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Eight- to 16-foot walking path. Eight- to 10-foot paths are appropriate in a residential context, whereas the wider path is more desirable for active ground level uses with outdoor seating/dining areas.
d. Seven- to 11-foot minimum landscaping strips (with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040) on each side of the walking path. Raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.
e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 15 feet is required for the subject walking path and landscaping. Adjustments to the walking path and landscaping widths and configurations are allowed provided the design effectively balances the following objectives:
(1) Create a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.
(2) Provide an effective transition between the walking path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).
(3) Function as a design amenity to the development.
f. Landscaped passageway design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.3. Cross-section of minimum regulations and examples of a pedestrian access corridor.


4. Urban Passage Design.
a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site and active ground level uses are provided along frontages.
b. Sixteen-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Urban passage design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.360.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.4. Urban passage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of existing and planned trails to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. Specific regulations:
A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed trail within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such trail in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement.
B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the trail will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
C. Accessibility. Trails must be accessible to the public at all times.
D. Design. Trails must be designed appropriate to the physical context of the site and development to accommodate anticipated use. The following documents provide guidance and/or standards to the design trails in Canyon Park:
1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
2. Parks, Recreation and Open Space (PROS) Plan.
3. Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Repealed by Ord. 2461. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Achieve the envisioned character of Canyon Park Subarea as set forth in the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
B. Enhance pedestrian environments by emphasizing activated ground-level block frontage designs for commercial, mixed-use, and multifamily developments.
C. Minimize potential negative impacts of off-street parking facilities on the streetscape in strategic areas.
D. Promote good visibility between buildings and the street for security for pedestrians and to create a more welcoming and interesting streetscape.
Table 12.48.300. Summary of key block frontage types.
Permitted Frontage | Details | |
|---|---|---|
Primary | ![]() | • No new ground-level parking adjacent to the street. • Special transparency, weather protection, and entry requirements. • Minimum commercial space height and depth. • No ground-floor residential uses except for live/work units on select storefront-designated blocks where the storefront space meets height and depth regulations. |
Secondary | ![]() Storefront or landscape frontages allowed | • Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street. • Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas. • Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. |
Gateway | ![]() Storefront or landscape frontages allowed | • Emphasizes “secondary” block frontage regulations for buildings at intersections, but emphasizes the “undesignated” block frontage regulations between intersections to allow greater flexibility. |
Undesignated | ![]() Storefronts are optional in mixed-use zones, otherwise frontages with landscaped setbacks are emphasized | • Flexible parking lot location regulations. • Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas. • Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Application of Map and Block Frontage Regulations. New developments fronting on all streets in the Canyon Park Subarea are subject to applicable regulations in this article based on the block frontage designation of the street.
B. Clarifying the Differences Between the Block Frontage Designation Map and the Streetscape Designation Map in Figure 12.48.200. Block frontage designations and regulations apply to development frontages, which include the building and associated site development that occurs within the property boundary. The streetscape designations and regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.220 regulate the design of sidewalks and planting strips along streets.
C. Sites with Proposed New Primary or Secondary Block Frontage Designations. New development must integrate no less than 75 percent of the length of applicable primary and/or secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305. The alignment of primary and secondary block frontages may be adjusted during the development review process provided the configuration meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. For example, if a site includes approximately 100 lineal feet of a primary designated block frontage and 200 lineal feet of secondary block frontage, the new development must integrate at least 75 lineal feet of primary block frontage compliant development and at least 150 lineal feet of secondary block frontage compliant development. Developments may exceed the amount of primary and secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305.
Fig. 12.48.305. Canyon Park block frontage designations map.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Some block frontage designations contain distinct minimum façade transparency regulations. The purpose of these regulations is to maintain “eyes on the street” for safety and create welcoming pedestrian environments. Table 12.48.310 below includes details in how they are measured.
Table 12.48.310. Transparency regulations.
Transparency Area | ||
Storefront ![]() The transparency area is on the ground floor between 30" and 10' above sidewalk grade | Ground-floor nonresidential and nonstorefront ![]() The transparency area is between 30" and 8' above grade | Residential buildings and residential portions of mixed-use buildings ![]() All vertical surfaces of the façade are used in the calculations |
Other Transparency Provisions | ||
Windows must be transparent Ground-level window area for storefronts and other nonresidential uses that is covered, frosted, or perforated in any manner that obscures visibility into the building must not count as transparent window area. Perforated signs are allowed provided they meet applicable window sign regulations in Chapter 12.22 BMC. Also, mirrored glass and highly reflective or darkly tinted windows must not be counted as transparent windows. | ![]() Covered windows | ![]() Perforated sign |
Display windows and parking garages Display windows may be used for up to 25% of nonresidential transparency requirements (except for ground-level storefront-designated block frontages) provided they are at least 30" deep to allow changeable displays and the interior wall is nonstructural so it can be removed if the windows are not used for display. Tack-on display cases as shown in the far right example do not qualify as transparent window area. For parking garages (where allowed by block frontage regulations), the left image illustrates how such a structure can meet (and not meet) the applicable transparency regulations. | ![]() Integrated display windows | ![]() Tack-on display cases |
![]() Parking garage with window openings | ![]() Parking garage without window openings | |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Primary block frontages are the most vibrant and active shopping and dining areas within the subarea. Blocks designated as primary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) include continuous storefronts placed along the sidewalk edge with small scale shops and many business entries.
Fig. 12.48.320.A. Primary block frontage vision and key regulations.

B. Regulations. All development on sites with a primary block frontage designation must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B below:
Table 12.48.320.B. Primary block frontage regulations.
The ➲ symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria. | ||
|---|---|---|
Element | Regulation | Additional Provisions and Examples |
Ground-level | ||
Land use | Table 12.48.120 sets forth the basic permitted uses in subarea zoning districts. However, only those uses listed below are permitted on the ground level on primary block frontages: • Personal services use. • Eating and drinking establishment. • Artisan manufacturing. • Recreation, culture and entertainment. • Retail uses. | Lobbies and accessory uses associated with upper-floor hotel/motel, business service, and multifamily residential uses are allowed provided they are limited to 33% of all primary block frontages (measured separately for each block). |
Floor to ceiling height | 14' minimum (applies to new buildings only). | Applies to the minimum retail space depth. |
Retail space depth | 30' minimum. ➲ | |
Building placement | Buildings must be placed at the back edge of the required sidewalk. Additional setbacks are allowed for a widened sidewalk or publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)). | ![]() Corner storefront building example. |
Building entrances | Primary building entrances must face the street. For corner buildings, primary entrances for ground-level building corner uses may face either street or the street corner. | |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | At least 70% of the transparency area. ➲ | |
Weather protection | Weather protection over the sidewalk is required along at least 75% of the storefront façade, and it must be a minimum of 5' average depth and have 8' minimum vertical clearance. ➲ Weather protection must not interfere with street trees, street lights, street signs, or extend beyond the edge of the sidewalk. | ![]() |
Parking location | New ground-level (surface or structured) parking adjacent to the street is prohibited. Parking may be placed below, above, and/or behind storefronts. ➲ | |
C. Departure Criteria. Departures from the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B that feature the ➲ symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:
1. Retail Space Depth. Reduced depths of up to 25 percent of the applicable block frontage will be considered where the applicant can successfully demonstrate the proposed alternative design and configuration of the space are viable for a variety of permitted retail uses.
2. Façade Transparency. Departures for façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced to a minimum of 40 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.
3. Weather Protection. The reduced extent (to no less than 50 percent of block frontages) or width of weather protection features (to no less than four feet in width) will be considered provided the designs are proportional to architectural features of the building and building design tradeoffs (elements that clearly go beyond minimum building design regulations in this chapter) meet the purpose of the regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Secondary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) allow flexibility to integrate either a storefront or a stoop/landscaped frontage in a pedestrian-friendly configuration.
Fig. 12.48.330.A. Secondary frontage vision.

B. Regulations. Developments or portions thereof choosing to integrate a storefront design must conform to primary block frontage regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.320. Other frontage designs must meet the regulations set forth in Table 12.48.330.B below:
Table 12.48.330.B. Secondary block frontage regulations (when utilizing nonstorefront designs).
The ➲ symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria. | ||
|---|---|---|
Regulation | Additional Provisions and Examples | Additional Provisions and Examples |
Ground-level | ||
Land use | Table 12.48.120 sets forth permitted land uses. | |
Building placement | 10' minimum setbacks are required. ➲ | |
Building entrances | Building entries must face the street or a publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)) that is adjacent to the street. | |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | Transparent windows must be provided along at least 15% of the entire building façade, plus: • Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 10' of sidewalk must feature at least 40% transparency within the transparency area. ➲ • Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 20' of sidewalk must feature at least 25% transparency within the transparency area. ➲ | ![]() Landscaped frontage example meeting setback, entry, weather protection, and transparency regulations. |
Weather protection | Weather protection at least 3' deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least 5' deep for shared residential, commercial, and professional office entries. | |
Parking location | Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street. Where parking is integrated at or near the ground level, it must be set back and completely screened by landscaped berms (upper right example). The lower right example illustrates a prohibited design. | ![]() ![]() |
Landscaping | All areas between the sidewalk and the building must be landscaped, except for pathways, porches, decks, and other areas meeting the definition of publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)). Landscaped areas must contain Type I, II, or IV landscaping (as defined in BMC 12.18.040) and may incorporate rain gardens and other forms of storm water management. | ![]() |
C. Departure Criteria. Departures to the secondary block frontage regulations in Table 12.48.330.B that feature the ➲ symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:
1. Building Placement. Reduced setbacks (down to a minimum of eight feet) will be considered where the ground floor is elevated a minimum average of 30 inches (required when the ground-floor setback is less than 10 feet) and design treatments that create an effective transition between the public and private realm. For example, a stoop design or other similar treatments that utilize a low fence or retaining wall, and/or hedge along the sidewalk, may provide an effective transition (see Figure 12.48.330.C for examples).
2. Façade Transparency. Façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced from the minimum by 50 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.
Fig. 12.48.330.C. Acceptable examples of possible setback departures.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To enhance the appearance of Canyon Park’s highways and arterials, particularly at gateway intersections.
B. Regulations. Gateway block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) adjacent to intersections are subject to secondary block frontage regulations (e.g., buildings must be placed at or near the street corner and the portion of the building fronting a gateway-designated block frontage must comply with secondary block frontage regulations). The portion of gateway-designated block frontages that are in between the buildings located at intersections is subject to undesignated block frontage regulations.
Fig. 12.48.340. Gateway block frontage design example.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Undesignated block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) should provide visual interest at all observable scales and meet the design objectives for the subarea.
B. Applicability. All undesignated block frontages that are not designated are subject to the regulations of this section. These block frontages are provided greater flexibility with regard to the design of development frontages.
These block frontages include a combination of side streets (where most uses often front on other adjacent streets), business park streets, or other streets where greater flexibility in the frontage regulations is desired. While there is greater flexibility in the amount of transparency of façades and the location of surface and structured parking, design parameters are included to ensure that landscaping and other design elements help to mitigate the potential impacts of parking lots and blank walls along these streets.
Departures will be considered pursuant to BMC 12.48.030.
C. Regulations. Undesignated block frontages must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.350.C below.
Table 12.48.350.C. Undesignated block frontage regulations.
Element | Regulations |
|---|---|
Building placement | Buildings may be placed up to the sidewalk edge within mixed-use districts provided they meet primary block regulations in BMC 12.48.330 (this includes regulations for ground level, building placement, building entrances, façade transparency, and weather protection elements). Otherwise, buildings must be placed at least 15' behind the sidewalk. |
Building entrances | Building entrances facing the street are encouraged. At a minimum, at least one building entry visible and directly accessible from the street is required. Where buildings are set back from the street, pedestrian connections are required from the sidewalk. |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | For buildings within 50' of a sidewalk, at least 10% of the entire façade must be transparent. ➲ |
Weather protection | At least 3' deep over primary business and residential entries and at least 5' deep for shared entries for office and multifamily buildings. |
Parking location and vehicle access | There are no parking lot location restrictions, except for required landscaping buffers in BMC 12.18.090. |
Landscaping | • The area between the street and any nonstorefront building must be landscaped and/or private porch or patio space. • See Chapter 12.18 BMC for other landscaping regulations. |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with woonerf and landscaped passageway designs as set forth in BMC 12.48.230. Exception: Those through-block connections with other applied block frontage designations.
B. Purpose. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage regulations provide eyes-on-the-pathway to create a safe and welcoming through-block connection while preserving the privacy of any adjacent ground-level residential units.
C. Regulations.
1. Building elevations facing a woonerf or landscaped passageway through-block connection must feature at least 10 percent window transparency. ➲
2. Where ground-level residential uses are within five feet of a shared lane or pathway, at least one of the following design features must be integrated to enhance the safety and privacy of adjacent residential units:
a. Windows must be placed at least six vertical feet above the access corridor.
b. A combination of landscaping, planter walls, and/or elevated ground floor (at least one foot above access corridor grade) that meets the purpose of the regulations.
3. Where nonresidential ground-level uses abut an access corridor, at least 25 percent of the applicable building elevation between four and eight feet above the ground-floor surface elevation must be transparent. ➲
4. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Exception: For residential uses, weather protection is required only for the unit’s primary entrance.
Fig. 12.48.355.B. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with urban passage designs.
B. Purpose. To promote the development of pedestrian-friendly passages lined with active uses.
C. Regulations.
1. Dwelling units and surface/ground-level parking directly adjacent to an urban passage are prohibited (lobbies and common/amenity areas, however, are allowed).
2. Ground-level building elevations facing an urban passage through-block connection must feature at least 40 percent window transparency (applied to storefront transparency area per BMC 12.48.310). ➲
3. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Recessed entries are encouraged.
Fig. 12.48.360. Urban passage frontage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where a property fronts onto more than one street, each building frontage must comply with the regulations for the block frontage upon which it fronts, with the following clarifications:
A. Where a conflict exists between frontage regulations, the director will apply the regulations of a block frontage pursuant to the following order of preference:
1. Primary;
2. Secondary; then
3. Undesignated.
Subsections B and C of this section clarify how the order of preference works for particular frontage elements.
B. Entrances. For corner sites, entrances on both streets are encouraged, but only one entrance is required. For corner sites with frontage on a primary block frontage on one side, an entrance must be placed on the primary block frontage side or facing the corner. For corner sites with a mix of designations that do not include a primary block frontage, the entry must be placed on the order of preference identified above.
Departures may be considered provided the location and design of the entry and block frontage treatments are compatible with the character of the area and enhance the character of the street.
C. Transparency. For corner sites, at least one block frontage must meet the applicable transparency regulations (based on the order of preference above). For the second block frontage, the director may approve a reduction in the minimum amount of transparency by 50 percent. For street corners with the same designations on both frontages, buildings must employ the full transparency on the dominant frontage (based on the frontage width or established neighborhood pattern). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where an individual property has a frontage with multiple block frontage designations, the following regulations apply:
A. Primary and Any Other Block Frontage Designation. Primary block frontage designation applies.
B. Secondary and Undesignated Block Frontage Designation. Secondary block frontage designation applies. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Description – Purpose. The high visibility street corner requirements apply to those sites designated as such on Figure 12.48.305. The purpose is to accentuate designated street corners with high visibility to the public.
B. Regulations. At least one of the following special features must be included (Figure 12.48.390.B below illustrates acceptable examples):
1. Corner plaza.
2. Cropped building corner with a special entry feature.
3. Decorative use of building materials at the corner.
4. Distinctive façade massing or articulation.
5. Sculptural architectural element.
6. Other decorative elements that meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.390.B. Acceptable high visibility street corner examples.


(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Promote thoughtful layout of buildings, parking areas, and circulation, service, landscaping, and amenity elements.
B. Enhance Canyon Park’s visual character.
C. Promote compatibility between developments and uses.
D. Integrate usable open space into new developments.
E. Enhance the function and resilience of developments. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To promote the functional and visual compatibility between developments, particularly between zones of different intensity.
2. To protect the privacy of residents on adjacent properties.
B. Side and Rear Setback Regulations. Table 12.48.130 sets forth a range of minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in all subarea zones between zero and 15 feet. The provisions below clarify specific setback requirements:
1. Zero side- and rear-yard setbacks are allowed where developments integrated windowless firewalls that meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D).
Table 12.48.410.B. Minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in the subarea.
Min. Setback | Applicability/Standard |
|---|---|
0' | For windowless firewalls. All firewalls must meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D). |
5' | Minimum setback except: • Where zero setbacks are allowed (windowless firewalls as described above). • Where setbacks greater than 5' are required per provisions below. |
15' – 20' | When required per subsection D of this section for light and air access and privacy along side and rear property lines. |
C. Special Setback/Building Height Regulations for Sites Abutting Residential Zones. For sites abutting a residential zoning district (not including combination zones) located outside of the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundary, the following standards apply:
1. Landscaped Buffer. A minimum 15-foot-wide buffer featuring Type I landscaping as set forth in BMC 12.18.040 on the portion of the site abutting the applicable residential zone.
2. Setbacks. A minimum 15-foot building setback is required in applicable residential zones.
3. Building Height Restrictions. From the required 15-foot setback, the maximum allowable building height increases at a 45-degree angle inward up to the maximum height of the applicable subarea zoning district.
Fig. 12.48.410.C. Illustrating minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks to an abutting residential zoning district.

D. Light and Air Access and Privacy Near Interior Side and Rear Property Lines. Buildings or portions thereof containing multifamily dwelling units whose only solar access (windows) is from the applicable side or rear of the building (facing towards the side or rear property line) must be set back from the applicable side or rear property lines at least 15 feet. See Figure 12.48.410.D. For such building elevations taller than four stories, floors above the fourth floor must be set back at least 20 feet from the applicable side or rear property lines. Note: These regulations do not apply to side or rear property lines where adjacent to a street, access corridor, or easement where no building may be developed.
Departures will be allowed where it is determined that the proposed design will not create a compatibility problem in the near and long term based on the unique site context.
Fig. 12.48.410.D. Light/air access and privacy regulations for multifamily residential buildings along side and rear property lines.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To create usable space that is suitable for leisure or recreational activities for residents.
2. To create outdoor space that contributes to the residential setting.
3. To provide plazas that attract shoppers to commercial areas.
4. To provide plazas and other pedestrian-oriented spaces in commercial areas that enhance the employees’ and public’s opportunity for active and passive activities, such as dining, resting, people watching, and recreational activities.
5. To enhance the development character and attractiveness of commercial development.
B. Regulations.
1. All multifamily development, including multifamily portions of mixed-use development, must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to 20 percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas.
2. All nonresidential development must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to eight percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas. Developments featuring less than 2,500 square feet of net floor area (if mixed-use, this includes residential and nonresidential development) are exempt from this requirement.
3. Table 12.48.420 illustrates the types of on-site outdoor spaces that may be used to meet the requirements in subsections (B)(1) and (B)(2) of this section.
Table 12.48.420. Usable outdoor space types.
Usable outdoor space type | Percentage of required outdoor space | Cross-reference to applicable design regulations |
|---|---|---|
Publicly accessible outdoor space | 50 – 100% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(1) |
Common outdoor space | Up to 40% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(2) |
Balconies and other private outdoor space | Up to 20% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(4) |
4. Large Multi-Phase Developments Under Single Ownership. Each phase of development must meet the minimum usable on-site outdoor space requirements herein. Developments have the option to integrate a surplus of usable on-site outdoor space in early phases and apply the surplus space towards meeting the requirements for subsequent phases, provided all applicable regulations are met.
5. Fee-in-Lieu Option.
a. The following developments qualify for a fee in lieu of usable on-site outdoor space requirements:
(1) The first 1,000 square feet of required public space may be covered up to 100 percent by an in-lieu fee.
(2) Public space requirements between 1,000 and 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 50 percent by an in-lieu fee; provided, that any on-site public space is a usable area of at least 500 square feet.
(3) Public space requirements over 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 10 percent by an in-lieu fee.
(4) Essential public facilities featuring 5,000 square feet or more of gross floor area. Such developments may qualify to pay a fee-in-lieu for up to 50 percent of the required usable outdoor space.
b. In-lieu fees will be based on the assessed land value at the time of application plus development costs, which will be included in the city of Bothell fee schedule and subject to annual adjustment based on the Construction Price Index and updates approved by city council.
c. Public space in-lieu fees may be used to create, enhance and/or activate public space, including street rights-of-way, in the Canyon Park Subarea, as determined by the director in coordination with other departments.
d. Any public open space improvements and/or any in-lieu fee paid under this provision must be separate from and cannot be utilized as a credit for or otherwise offset park and open space impact fees.
e. A developer may transfer required public space to a development within the Canyon Park Subarea and within one-half mile. Transfers to be completed at a later time shall be accompanied by an agreement to pay an in-lieu fee should the future development not transpire.
C. Minimum Usable On-Site Outdoor Space Design Regulations.
1. Publicly accessible outdoor space shall be provided per the following regulations. Design departures may be granted that demonstrate compliance with the purpose for on-site outdoor space in subsection A of this section.
a. Regulations.
(1) The space must abut a public sidewalk or other major internal pedestrian route and be designed to function as a focal point and gathering spot.
(2) The space must be ADA compliant and generally level with the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route. Steps, ramps and grade changes may be acceptable provided the outdoor space is designed to be visually and physically accessible from the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route and the space meets all other regulations herein.
(3) The space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Exception: Portions of sidewalk area widened beyond minimum regulations may qualify as publicly accessible outdoor space provided storefronts abut the sidewalk.
(4) The space must be publicly accessible from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
(5) Large spaces (greater than 5,000 square feet) must be designed to be multi-functional to accommodate a variety of uses and activities.
(6) The space must be framed on at least two sides by buildings that are oriented towards the space (via entries and generous façade transparency). Alternatives will be considered for unique configurations or designs that meet the purpose of the regulations.
(7) Paved walking surfaces of either concrete or approved unit paving are required. Form-in-place pervious concrete paving is allowed.
(8) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, pedestrian amenities must be integrated into the space. Examples include site furniture, artwork, drinking fountains, shade structures, kiosks, or other similar features that complement the space and encourage use of the space by a variety of users.
(9) Lighting is required and integral to the design of the space for (A) safety and security, (B) intended activities or events, and (C) creating a distinct and inviting atmosphere. Lighting must conform to BMC 12.14.240.
(10) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, at least one individual seat per 60 square feet of plaza area or open space is required. At least 50 percent of the required seating must be built-in seating elements, while provisions for moveable seating may be used for the remaining percentage. Two feet of seating area on a bench or ledge at least 16 inches deep at an appropriate seating height qualifies as an individual seat. Reductions of up to 50 percent will be allowed for the integration of specialized open spaces that meet the purpose of regulations herein.
(11) Landscaping components that add visual interest and do not act as a visual barrier. This could include trees, planting beds, raised planters, and/or potted plants, or both.
(12) Permanent weather protection along at least 50 percent of building edges (associated with nonresidential uses) at least six feet deep with horizontal clearance between eight and 15 feet.
(13) The space must be proportional to the intended function and adjacent uses. For example, such spaces should not look or feel empty, barren, or too big when not in use.
(14) The space must include design elements that appeal to the senses. Examples include the sound of water, the smell of plants, and/or the heat of fire. Sensory experiences may vary with the season, with water being present in the summer and a fire lit in the winter.
(15) Storm water management elements and LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the required space. Where multiple publicly accessible open spaces are included within a development, this standard applies to all such space combined, to allow flexibility in the design of individual spaces.
(16) Rules of conduct similar to those for public parks may be posted.
b. Features prohibited within a publicly accessible outdoor space:
(1) Large expanses of uninterrupted paving or paving without pattern.
(2) Service and utility areas or venting of mechanical systems.
(3) Long, narrow space with limited access.
(4) Space providing vehicular access. Exception: Woonerf style shared-access lanes may be allowed (counted at 50 percent discount) provided through traffic is minimal and the design of the access feature is well-integrated into the design of the larger space.
(5) Asphalt paving.
(6) Adjacent chain-link fences.
(7) Adjacent “blank walls” without “blank wall treatment” (BMC 12.48.540).
(8) Outdoor storage.
2. Common Outdoor Space. Common outdoor space refers to spaces that are internal to a development and accessible to all tenants of a development, but may not be accessible to the general public. Exception: For mixed-use buildings with commercial and residential uses, the common outdoor spaces only need to be accessible to all dwelling units within the building. Common outdoor spaces can include landscaped courtyards or decks, entrance plazas, gardens with pathways, children’s play areas, pools, and water features. Accessible areas with native vegetation and areas used for storm water retention, infiltration, or other multipurpose recreational and/or green spaces that meet the design criteria herein may qualify as common outdoor space.
Common outdoor space design regulations and guidelines:
a. Common outdoor space must be located in centralized areas that are visible from tenants within the development.
b. Required setback areas must not count as common outdoor space unless the design of the space meets the regulations herein.
c. Common outdoor space must feature paths or walkable lawns, landscaping, seating, lighting, and play structures, sports courts, or other pedestrian amenities to make the area more functional and enjoyable for a range of users.
d. Common outdoor space must be separated from ground-level windows, streets, service areas and parking lots with landscaping, fencing, and/or other acceptable treatments that enhance safety and privacy for both the shared open space and dwelling units.
e. When possible, the space should be oriented to receive sunlight, facing east, west or preferably south. Provisions for shade, however, must also be integrated in spaces that will be exposed to extensive sunlight.
f. Stairways and service elements located within or on the edge of common outdoor space must not be included in the open space calculations.
g. Shared porches may qualify as common outdoor space, provided they are at least eight feet in depth and 96 square feet in total area.
h. The space must be accessible to all residents of the development.
i. LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the common outdoor space.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.2. Usable outdoor space types.

j. Common outdoor space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Wider minimum dimensions are required perpendicular to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall. Specifically:
(1) Twenty feet minimum for such elevations up to three stories tall.
(2) Twenty-five feet minimum for such elevations four stories tall.
(3) Thirty feet minimum for such elevations five or more stories tall.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.2.j. Common outdoor space – minimum widths when adjacent to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall.

3. Common Roof Deck. Such spaces may qualify as common outdoor space provided they meet the following requirements:
a. Space must feature hard surfacing and integrate amenities such as seating areas and other features that encourage use.
b. Space must integrate landscaping elements that enhance the character of the space and encourage its use.
c. Space must incorporate features that provide for the safety of residents, such as enclosures, railings, and appropriate lighting levels.
d. Space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.3. Rooftop deck examples.

4. Balcony Design Requirements. Such spaces must have minimum dimensions of six feet and contain at least 48 square feet of area (not including railings) to provide a space usable for human activity.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.4. Balcony examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To improve the pedestrian and bicycling environment by making it easier, safer, and more comfortable to walk or ride among businesses, residences, to streets and sidewalks, to transit stops, and connections throughout the city.
2. To enhance access to on- and off-site open space areas and pedestrian/bicycle paths.
B. Access to Sidewalk. All buildings must feature pedestrian connections to a sidewalk per applicable block frontage regulations in Article IV of this chapter.
C. Internal Circulation.
1. For sites with multiple buildings, pedestrian paths connecting businesses and residential entries on the same development site must be provided. Routes that minimize walking distances must be utilized to the extent practical.
Departures will be allowed where steep slopes prevent a direct connection or where an indirect route would enhance the design and/or use of a publicly accessible outdoor space or a common outdoor space.
2. Sites with Residential Units. Provide direct pedestrian access between all ground-related unit entries and a public street or to a clearly marked pathway network or open space that has direct access to a public street. Residential developments must provide a pedestrian circulation network that connects all main entrances on the site to other areas of the site, such as:
a. Parking areas.
b. Recreational areas.
c. Common outdoor spaces.
d. Any pedestrian amenities.
For townhouses or other residential units fronting the street, the sidewalk may be used to meet this standard. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To minimize adverse visual, odor, and noise impacts of mechanical equipment, utility cabinets and service areas at ground and roof levels.
2. To provide adequate, durable, well-maintained, and accessible service and equipment areas.
3. To protect residential uses and adjacent properties from impacts due to location and utilization of service areas.
B. Location of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service areas (loading docks, trash dumpsters, compactors, recycling areas, electrical panels, and mechanical equipment areas) must be located for convenient service access while avoiding negative visual, auditory, olfactory, or physical impacts on the streetscape environment, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, uses within the development, and adjacent residentially zoned properties. Specifically:
1. Dumpsters must be set back a minimum of five feet from side property lines, 10 feet from rear property lines and 10 feet from front property lines; or be located to minimize visibility from any street, pedestrian walkway, or public park. Where the director finds that the only option for locating a service area is an area visible from a street, internal pathway or pedestrian area, or from an adjacent property, the area must be screened with structural and/or landscaping screening measures provided in subsection C of this section.
2. Dumpster storage areas must be sized to accommodate the minimum dumpster sizes (as required by the applicable utility provider) for garbage, recycling, and composting.
C. Screening of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service elements are encouraged to be integrated within the structure. Where they are not provided within the structure, the following regulations apply:
1. Where screening of ground-level service areas is required, the following applies:
a. A structural enclosure must be constructed of masonry, architectural concrete, heavy-gauge metal, or decay-resistant material that is also used with the architecture of the main building. The director may allow materials other than those used for the main building if the finishes are similar in color and texture or if the proposed enclosure materials are more durable than those for the main structure. The walls must be sufficient to provide full screening from the affected roadway, pedestrian areas or adjacent use. The enclosure may use overlapping walls to screen dumpsters and other materials.
b. Gates must be made of heavy-gauge, sight-obscuring material. Chain link or chain link with slats is not an acceptable material for enclosures or gates.
c. Where the interior of a service enclosure is visible from surrounding buildings, an opaque or semi-opaque horizontal cover or screen must be used to mitigate unsightly views. The horizontal screen/cover should be integrated into the enclosure design (in terms of materials and/or design). See Figure 12.48.440.C for examples.
d. Collection points must be located and configured so that the enclosure gate swing does not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or does not require that a hauling truck project into any public right-of-way. Ensure that screening elements allow for efficient service delivery and removal operations.
e. The service area must be paved.
Fig. 12.48.440.C. Service enclosure screening examples.

2. The sides and rear of service enclosures must be screened with landscaping at least five feet wide in locations visible from the street, parking lots, and pathways to soften views of the screening element and add visual interest.
Departures to the provisions of subsections (C)(1) and (C)(2) of this section will be considered provided the enclosure and landscaping treatment meet the purpose of the regulations and add visual interest to site users.
3. Where loading docks are sited along block frontages (only allowed when no other reasonable options are available as determined by the director), they must be designed to minimize impacts on the pedestrian environment. Regulations:
a. Configure loading docks/bays to minimize their frontage length along blocks.
b. Integrate architectural and/or landscaping design features to screen loading dock elements and add visual interest to pedestrians along adjacent sidewalks. See blank wall provisions of BMC 12.48.540 for regulations and examples.
D. Utility Meters, Electrical Conduit, and Other Service Utility Apparatus. These elements must be located and/or designed to minimize their visibility to the public. Project designers are strongly encouraged to coordinate with applicable service providers early in the design process to determine the best approach in meeting these regulations. If such elements are mounted in a location visible from the street, pedestrian pathway, shared open space, or shared auto courtyards, they must be screened with vegetation and/or integrated into the building’s architecture.
Fig. 12.48.440.D. Utility meter location and screening – good and bad examples.

E. Location and Screening of Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment.
1. All rooftop mechanical equipment, including air conditioners, heaters, vents, and similar equipment, must be effectively integrated (from a design standpoint) or screened from public view both at grade and from nearby higher buildings with the exception of solar panels and roof-mounted wind turbines. Screening must be located so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment.
2. Rooftop mechanical equipment and associated screening features must be set back from the exterior building walls by at least 10 feet. Exceptions may be made where the screening element is designed to help meet one or more building design regulations in this article.
3. For rooftop equipment, all screening devices must be well integrated into the architectural design through such elements as parapet walls, false roofs, roof wells, clerestories, or equipment rooms. Screening walls or unit-mounted screening is allowed but less desirable. Wood must not be used for screens or enclosures. Louvered designs are acceptable if consistent with building design style. Perforated metal is not permitted.
4. The screening materials must be of material requiring minimal maintenance and must be as high as the equipment being screened.
5. Locate and/or shield noise-producing mechanical equipment such as fans, heat pumps, etc., to minimize sounds and reduce impacts to adjacent properties.
Also see BMC 12.48.520(D) for design provisions for flat rooftops.
Fig. 12.48.440.E. Examples of how to screen roof-mounted mechanical equipment.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
This article provides direction for the design of buildings consistent with the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. See the individual “purpose” statements for each section in this chapter. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To employ façade articulation techniques that reduce the perceived scale of large buildings and add visual interest from all observable scales.
B. Façade Articulation. All applicable buildings must include façade articulation features at maximum specified intervals to create a human-scaled pattern. These regulations apply to building elevations facing streets (public and private), parks, and through-block connections (except alley designs).
1. Maximum Façade Articulation Intervals.
a. Residential elevations: the width of the dwelling units inside the building (e.g., if the units are 25 feet wide, the façade articulation must be 25 feet wide). This includes residential portions of mixed-use buildings.
b. Storefronts: 30 feet. This refers to all ground-level elevations along primary-designated block frontages.
c. Other ground-level elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 40 feet.
d. Office buildings and other upper-level nonresidential elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 60 feet.
e. Building elevations in the Employment zones: 60 feet.
2. Articulation Features. At least three of the following articulation features must be employed for all buildings in compliance with the maximum specified façade articulation intervals. Exception: Office buildings/floors and all buildings in the Employment zones must include at least two articulation features.
a. Use of a window-fenestration pattern.
b. Use of weather protection features.
c. Use of vertical piers/columns (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).
d. Change in roofline per subsection D of this section.
e. Change in building material and/or siding style (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).
f. Vertical elements such as a trellis with plants, green wall, art element that meet the purpose of the standard.
g. Providing vertical building modulation of at least 12 inches in depth if tied to a change in roofline per subsection D of this section or a change in building material, siding style, or color. Balconies may be used to qualify for this option if they are recessed or projected from the façade by at least 18 inches.
h. Other design techniques that effectively reinforce a pattern of articulated façades compatible with the building’s surrounding context.
Departures will be considered provided they meet the purpose of the regulations and the design criteria below. For example, a departure may propose a design with only two articulation features instead of three and/or the articulation features exceed the maximum articulation interval.
Fig. 12.48.510.B.2. Façade articulation examples.


3. Departure Criteria Associated with Articulation Regulations. Proposals must meet the purpose of the regulations. The following criteria will be considered in determining whether the proposed articulation treatment meets the purpose:
a. Consider the type and width of the proposed articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s current and desired context (per Canyon Park Subarea Plan).
b. Consider the applicable block frontage designation. Secondary or undesignated block frontages warrant more flexibility than primary block frontages.
c. Consider the size and width of the building. Smaller buildings (less than 120 feet wide) warrant greater flexibility than larger buildings.
d. Consider the quality of façade materials in concert with doors, windows, and other façade features and their ability to add visual interest to the street from a pedestrian scale and more distant observable scales.
Fig. 12.48.510.B.3. Façade articulation departure examples.

C. Maximum Façade Length. Building façades and other building elevations facing a lower-intensity zone edge must include at least one of the following features to break up the massing of the building and add visual interest. This standard applies to building elevations longer than 140 feet in the Residential Mixed-Use zone, 160 feet in the Office/Residential Mixed-Use zone, and 200 feet in the Employment zone.
1. Provide vertical building modulation at least six feet deep and 15 feet long in the mixed-use zones and at least eight feet deep and 20 feet long in the Employment zones. For multi-story buildings, the modulation must extend through at least one-half of the building floors.
2. Use of a contrasting vertical modulated design component featuring all of the following:
a. Utilizes a change in building materials that effectively contrasts from the rest of the façade.
b. Component is modulated vertically from the rest of the façade by an average of six inches.
3. Façade employs building walls with contrasting articulation that make it appear like multiple distinct buildings. To qualify for this option, these contrasting façades must employ all of the following:
a. Different building materials and/or configuration of building materials.
b. Contrasting window design (sizes or configurations).
4. Departures to subsections (C)(1) through (C)(3) of this section will be considered provided the design meets the purpose of the regulations. Supplemental consideration for approving alternative designs:
a. Width of the Façade. The larger the façade, the more substantial articulation/modulation features need to be.
b. Block Frontage Designation. Primary-designated block frontages warrant the most scrutiny.
c. The type of articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s context.
Fig. 12.48.510.C. Illustrating maximum façade length regulations
and good and bad examples.
X' refers to the maximum façade length dimension.

D. Roofline Modulation. Roofline modulation is encouraged and it can be used as one of the façade articulation features in subsections B and C of this section. In order to qualify as an articulation feature, rooflines must employ one or more of the following:
1. For flat roofs or façades with horizontal eave, fascia, or parapet, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of two feet or 0.1 multiplied by the wall height (finish grade to top of the wall) when combined with vertical building modulation techniques described in subsections above. Otherwise, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of four feet or 0.2 multiplied by the wall height.
2. A pitched roofline or gabled roofline segment of at least 20 feet in width. Buildings with pitched roofs must include a minimum slope of 5:12 and feature modulated roofline components at the interval required per the applicable standard above.
3. A combination of the above.
Departures will be considered provided the roofline modulation design effectively reduces the perceived scale of the building and adds visual interest.
Fig. 12.48.510.D. Acceptable examples of roofline modulation.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To encourage the incorporation of design details and small-scale elements into building façades that are attractive at a pedestrian scale.
2. To integrate window design that adds depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.
B. Façade Details – Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Buildings. All building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances must be enhanced with appropriate details. All new buildings must employ at least one detail element from each of the three categories below for each façade articulation interval (see BMC 12.48.510(B)).
1. Window and/or entry treatment, such as:
a. Transom windows.
b. Roll-up windows/doors.
c. Recessed entry.
d. Decorative door.
e. Other decorative or specially designed window, shading or entry treatment that meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.1. Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries.


2. Building elements and façade details, such as:
a. Custom-designed weather protection element such as a steel canopy, glass, or retractable awning. Custom-designed cloth awnings may be counted as a detail provided they are constructed of durable, high-quality material.
b. Decorative building-mounted light fixtures.
c. Bay windows, trellises, towers, and similar elements.
d. Other details or elements that meet the purpose of these regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.2. Examples of attached elements that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.


3. Building materials and other façade elements, such as:
a. Use of decorative building materials/use of building materials. Examples include decorative use of brick, tile, or stonework.
b. Decorative kick-plate, pilaster, base panel, or other similar feature.
c. Hand-crafted material, such as special wrought iron or carved wood.
d. Other details that meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.3. Examples of building material details that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.


Departures for façade detail regulations of this subsection B will be considered provided the façade (at the overall scale and at the individual articulation scale) meets the purpose of the regulations.
C. Window Design Regulations. All windows must employ designs that add depth and richness to the building façade. At least one of the following features must be included to meet this requirement:
1. Recess windows at least one and one-half inches from the façade.
2. Incorporate window trim (at least three inches wide) around windows.
3. Incorporate other design treatments that add depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.
Fig. 12.48.520.C. Acceptable and unacceptable window design examples.


D. Cornice/Roofline Design. Buildings employing a flat roof must employ a distinctive roofline that effectively provides an identifiable “top” to the building. This could include a traditional cornice line or a contemporary interpretation of a traditional cornice line.
1. Such rooflines must be proportional to the size and scale of the building.
2. Understated cornice lines are permitted depending on the materials and design of the base and middle elements in reinforcing the base/middle/top configuration.
Figure 12.48.520.D below illustrates acceptable and unacceptable examples.
Fig. 12.48.520.D. Examples of buildings employing confident and distinctive rooflines.


Rooftop solar units are permitted, provided the placement and design of units visible from the surrounding streetscape are carefully integrated into the overall design concept of the building.
E. Articulated Building Entries. The primary building entrance for an office building, hotel, apartment building, public or community-based facility or other multi-story commercial building must be designed as a clearly defined and demarcated standout architectural feature of the building. Such entrances must be easily distinguishable from regular storefront entrances on the building. Such entries must be scaled proportional to the building. See Figure 19.123.250.E below for good examples.
Fig. 12.48.520.E. Acceptable building entry examples.

F. Flat Rooftop Design. All roofs must be designed as a fifth building elevation. This can be accomplished by exhibiting patterns of roofing colors and/or materials to add visual interest from surrounding development (current and future). Green roofs and rooftop decks are encouraged as a means to help comply with this standard.
Fig. 12.48.520.F. Flat rooftop design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To encourage the use of durable, high quality, and urban building materials that minimize maintenance cost and provide visual interest from all observable vantage points.
2. To promote the use of a distinctive mix of materials that helps to articulate façades and lends a sense of depth and richness to the buildings.
3. To place the highest priority on the first floor in the quality and detailing of materials at the pedestrian scale.
B. Special Conditions and Limitations for the Use of Certain Cladding Materials.
1. Concrete block (also known as concrete masonry unit or CMU) may be used as a secondary cladding material (no more than one-third of total façade cladding) on all building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances provided it is incorporated with other permitted materials.
Departures will be considered for alternative designs that use concrete block as the primary, but not the only, cladding material provided the design incorporates a combination of textures and/or colors to add visual interest. For example, combining split or rock-façade units with smooth blocks can create distinctive patterns. The figures below illustrate acceptable concrete block use/designs.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.1. Acceptable concrete block use/design.

2. Metal siding may be used on all street-facing building elevations provided it complies with the following regulations:
a. It must feature visible corner molding and trim. Masonry, concrete, or other durable material must be incorporated between the metal siding and the ground plane for all residential buildings and storefronts.
b. Metal siding must be factory finished, with a matte, nonreflective surface.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.2. Acceptable metal siding examples.

3. Regulations for the Use of Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS). Such material/finishes may be used when it complies with the following:
a. EIFS is limited to no more than 20 percent of the total façade area and may not be the primary cladding material on nonresidential and mixed-use buildings.
b. EIFS must feature a smooth or sand finish only.
c. EIFS must be trimmed in wood, masonry, or other material and must be sheltered from weather by roof overhangs or other methods.
d. EIFS must not be used on the ground floor of façades containing nonresidential uses.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.3. Acceptable and unacceptable EIFS examples.

4. Cementitious wall board paneling/siding may be used provided it meets the following provisions:
a. Cement board paneling/siding may not be used on ground-level façades containing nonresidential uses.
b. Where cement board paneling/siding is the dominant siding material, the design must integrate a mix of colors and/or textures that are articulated consistent with windows, balconies, and modulated building surfaces and are balanced with façade details that add visual interest from the ground-level and adjacent buildings.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.4. Acceptable and unacceptable cementitious wall board examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To avoid untreated blank walls.
2. To retain and enhance the character of Canyon Park’s streetscapes.
B. Blank Wall Definition. “Blank wall” means a ground-floor wall or portion of a ground-floor wall over 10 feet in height and a horizontal length greater than 15 feet and does not include a transparent window or door.
Fig. 12.48.540.B. Blank wall definition.

C. Blank Wall Treatment Regulations. Untreated blank walls adjacent to a public street, publicly accessible outdoor space, common outdoor space, or pedestrian pathway are prohibited. Methods to treat blank walls can include:
1. Display windows at least 16 inches of depth to allow for changeable displays. Tack-on display cases (see Figure 12.48.540.C below) do not qualify as a blank wall treatment.
2. Landscape planting bed at least five feet deep or a raised planter bed at least two feet high and three feet deep in front of the wall with planting materials that are sufficient to obscure or screen at least 60 percent of the wall’s surface within three years.
3. Installing a vertical trellis in front of the wall with climbing vines or plant materials.
4. Installing a mural as approved by the director and reviewed by the Bothell arts commission. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.
5. Special building detailing that adds visual interest at a pedestrian scale. Such detailing must use a variety of surfaces; monotonous designs will not meet the purpose of the regulations.
For large visible blank walls, a variety of treatments may be required to meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.540.C. Blank wall treatment examples.

D. Firewalls. Firewalls along property lines are exempt from the above regulations, but where they are visible to the public (from the adjacent street), they must be designed to provide visual interest from all observable distances. Examples may include the use of varying materials, textures, and/or colors, the use of green or living walls, and/or the use of modulated building walls to form design patterns.
Murals are also encouraged as a firewall treatment. Murals are subject to review by the Bothell arts commission and approval by the director. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.
Fig. 12.48.540.D. Acceptable firewall design where visible to the public.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
This article supplements citywide sign regulations to ensure that signs are compatible with the desired character of Canyon Park. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Regulations below supersede conflicting regulations set forth in Chapter 12.22 BMC.
A. Sign Illumination.
1. General Illumination Regulations.
a. Indirect sign illumination must be no further away from the sign than the height of the sign.
b. Externally illuminated signs must be arranged so that no direct rays of light are projected from such artificial source into residences, businesses or any street right-of-way.
c. External sign light fixtures must complement the design of the sign and building façades or structures associated with the sign.
d. External sign lighting must be “full cutoff” and must not result in direct illumination of the sky and adjacent properties and structures, and must be designed to minimize reflected glare to adjacent properties and structures.
2. Permitted Sign Illumination Types. Table 12.48.620.A below specifies permitted sign illumination types by zone.
Table 12.48.620.A. Permitted sign illumination types.
Illumination Type | Permitted? | Other Requirements | |
|---|---|---|---|
Channel letter. Light is emitted through the front or face of the letters. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Halo illumination. Letter faces are opaque and light source provides halo effect through backlighting. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Push-through. Letters are cut out of opaque sign face. Interior light shines through letter faces only. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Neon. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, projecting, window, pole, or monument sign. |
Externally illuminated sign. | ![]() | Yes | Illumination techniques must focus the light on the sign and avoid glare to the sky, streets, sidewalks, and other public spaces, and adjacent uses. |
Internally illuminated cabinet signs. Sign face is illuminated through translucent casing. This includes internally illuminated changeable copy signs. | ![]() | No | |
Internally illuminated awning signs. Awning face is illuminated through awning material. | ![]() | No | |
Animated signage. A sign which contains electronically operated moving parts or which flashes or simulates motion by the use of electric lights. | Only permitted for night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons | ||
B. Monument Signs. Monument signs are a type of freestanding sign which are mounted on the ground and are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two feet, and supported by a solid base, one or more uprights, braces, columns, poles, or similar structural components. Monument sign regulations:
1. Where permitted: nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.
3. Maximum height: six feet above grade.
4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per sign face when adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 and 36 square feet per sign face in all other locations.
5. Materials and Design. Monument signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).
C. Freestanding Signs.
1. Where permitted: adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 on parcels with at least 330 lineal feet of frontage on Interstate 405 or SR 527. Freestanding signs are only permitted for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.
3. Maximum height: 15 feet above grade.
4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per face.
5. Sign Location. No freestanding sign may be erected closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line or closer to any driveway, alley, or vehicular access than will provide adequate sight lines.
6. Design and Materials.
a. Freestanding signs must include design elements that effectively frame the sign on both faces. Alternatively, signs that have a substantial framing element on one side will meet this provision.
b. Freestanding signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).
c. Freestanding signs must integrate a top, middle, and bottom element. The top could include a distinctive sign cap and/or include the name of a multi-tenant center. The middle can include a consistent framing technique for an individual sign or multiple signs in a multi-tenant center. The bottom could include a distinctive base design with special materials and/or design. See the figures below for examples that meet this requirement.
d. The architecture and composition of a freestanding sign structure must provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale speed and perception.
Departures per BMC 12.48.030 will be considered provided the design meets other regulations herein and integrates a distinctive, one-of-a-kind design that contributes to the visual character of the area.
7. Prohibited freestanding signs: “pole signs” (i.e., a single or double unornamented pole support design topped by a “can” sign typical of a “commercial strip”).
D. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs meeting the following conditions are allowed:
1. Where permitted: commercial uses adjacent to and facing a street.
2. Orientation: Projecting signs may be either vertical or horizontal oriented.
3. Projection.
a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than eight feet.
b. Square or vertically oriented signs: no more than three feet.
c. Signs may project over a sidewalk adjacent to storefront buildings, but must not extend over the curb into a parking or travel lane.
4. Height.
a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than three feet.
b. Vertically oriented signs: must not extend above the building parapet, soffit, the eave line or the roof of the building.
5. Minimum vertical clearance (over sidewalk): eight feet.
Fig. 12.48.620.D. Dimensional standards for horizontal (left) and vertically oriented (right) projecting signs.

E. Marquee/Awning Signs. Marquee/awning signs are a type of building-mounted sign that is either attached to, affixed to, or painted on a marquee, awning, or canopy. Marquee/awning sign regulations:
1. Sign Form and Size.
a. Signs consisting of individual letters placed on the outside edge of the marquee or above the marquee are limited to 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the letters may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
b. Sign boards may be placed on vertical edge of a canopy provided the height of the sign board is no more than 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the sign board may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
c. Signs placed on the vertical edge of awnings are limited to 80 percent of the height of the vertical edge of the awning. Where signs are placed on sloping portion of the awning, they must be sized proportional to the architectural features of the building and are limited to two feet in height. The width of awning signs are limited to two-thirds of individual awning width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
Fig. 12.48.620.E. Marquee and awning sign examples and regulations.

F. Under-Canopy Signs. Under-canopy signs are a type of building-mounted sign attached to the underside of an awning, canopy, balcony or arcade and placed perpendicular to the storefronts and thus oriented to pedestrians on the sidewalk or an internal pathway.
Fig. 12.48.620.F. Under-canopy regulations and example.

G. Wall Signs.
1. Permitted Number of Signs.
a. In multi-story buildings, businesses above the ground floor are limited to one sign per business, except that a business with frontage on more than one street may have one sign facing each street. Each sign must consist only of lettering and/or a logo painted on or applied to the surface of one window in a manner that allows light to pass between and around the individual letters. The area of the sign may not exceed 12 square feet.
b. In a multi-tenant building with businesses on upper floors and/or in interior spaces having no street façade on which to place a sign, a building directory listing businesses in the building, and not exceeding 12 square feet, may be located on the building wall at each primary entrance. This directory may be in addition to the sign area permitted for the building.
2. Location and Design.
a. Wall signs must be proportional to the façade and are limited to two-thirds of individual façade width dimension. This regulation also applies to upper-level businesses.
b. Wall signs may not cover windows, building trim, an existing building name sign, or special ornamentation features. Preferred areas for installation of wall signs include blank areas above marquees, areas between vertical piers or columns, blank areas on a gabled roof, or upper reaches of a false-fronted building.
c. Stacked words on wall signs are permitted. Generally, the primary business name is encouraged to be provided on one line, with additional text on rows above and/or below providing supporting information about the business in smaller fonts.
Fig. 12.48.620.G. Illustrating wall sign regulations.

3. Mounting.
a. Wall signs should be mounted plumb with the building, with a maximum protrusion of one foot plus a four-inch mounting, unless the sign incorporates sculptural elements or architectural devices.
b. The sign frame must be concealed or integrated into the building’s architectural character in terms of form, color, and materials.
H. Building Identification Wall Sign. Building identification wall signs are signs located on and parallel to a building wall that announce the name of a building. Building identification wall sign regulations:
1. When permitted: only permitted for nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Where permitted: only located on the frieze, cornice, or fascia area of storefront level; frieze, cornice, fascia, parapet of the uppermost floor; or above the entrance to main building lobby.
3. Number permitted: Only one building identification wall sign shall be permitted per building per street-facing façade.
4. Sign area exemption: The area of building identification wall signs shall not count towards the total sign area allotment per Chapter 12.22 BMC.
5. Maximum sign height: no taller than 24 inches in height.
6. Maximum projection: no more than one foot from the façade of the building.
7. Projecting sign alternative: One building identification wall sign per establishment may be substituted by a projecting sign meeting the requirements of subsection D of this section.
8. Illumination: external illumination or halo illumination only.
I. Window Signs. Window signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.
1. Where permitted: Window signs are permitted only for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance and on windows below the second-floor level only.
2. Maximum sign area: no more than 30 percent of storefront window.
3. Maximum letter height: The letter height of each window sign shall not exceed 12 inches.
4. Illumination: exposed neon tube illumination only. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Prior legislation: Ords. 1957, 1948, 1946, 1909, 1876, 1853, 1815, 1779, 1697, 1685, 1629.
These Development Regulations govern all future private development actions in the Downtown Subarea, forming Chapter 12.64 of the Bothell Municipal Code, with some references to citywide regulations in BMC Title 12, Zoning, and other relevant parts of the Code. These design requirements and guidelines will be used to evaluate private development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Plan Area. This section explains how the development regulations are applied and used. The subsequent six sections, 12.64.100 - 12.64.600, present the regulations themselves as follows: 12.64.100 District Requirements, 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations, 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations, 12.64.400 Parking Regulations, 12.64.500 Architectural Regulations, and 12.64.600 Signage Regulations.
The policies contained within this chapter shall apply as follows:
Title 11, Administration of Development Regulations, establishes procedures for processing development permit applications. Development permits are classified by type (e.g., building permit, tenant improvement permit, sign permit) in BMC 11.04.003(A): the type of permit determines the steps involved in review and approval of the permit application. BMC 11.04.003(B) summarizes the process steps applicable to each permit type, while BMC 11.04.004 through 11.19.008 describe the steps in detail.
Development regulations established in this Plan are of four types: District Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, General Requirements, and Guidelines.
The Development Regulations in this document are applied to those properties within the Downtown Subarea as indicated on the Plan Area map (see Figure 12.64.100 in the Introduction.).

Fig. 12.64.004. How to Use the Downtown Subarea Regulations District Requirements


This regulatory map and special height regulations inset represent the District configuration that will take effect following the completion of the Bothell Crossroads project. When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the Community Development Director shall make a determination as to the location of the boundary in questions via application of BMC 12.04.140 and 12.64.100(C).
(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2408 § 3 (Exh. B), 2023; Ord. 2270 § 4, 2018; Ord. 2056 § 2 (Exh. B)).
This section organizes all properties into Districts and presents charts containing all District Requirements that apply to the properties in each District.

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
— : See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
— : See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map: Special Height Regulations inset | ||
(M1): not permitted along Main Street | ●: corner entry required location, see 12.64.100 Districts Map | |
(M2): development along Main Street exempt | ||
(E): partially submerged podiums shall not be exposed to the street where shopfronts are required. | ||
(A): exceptions apply for retail anchors, see Special Downtown Core Requirements and Anchor Exceptions Chart | ||
(B): see 12.64.505(B)(3)(b)(iii) for special setbacks on the north side of the 10100 block of Main Street. | ||
*: See special Downtown Core requirements for parking | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(H): maximum 4 floor & 54 feet in 4 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
—: See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
(SR 522): exceptions apply along SR 522, see Special Downtown Neighborhood Requirements | ||
(C1): 0 feet side setback only if side setback on abutting property is 0 feet or larger than 10 feet. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(C1): 0 ft side yard setback is permitted only if the side yard setback on the abutting property is 0 ft or larger than 10ft | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(C1): City-wide conditions for manufactured homes apply | ||
(R): exceptions apply for development in the special riverfront overlay, see Special SR 522 Requirements | ||
(S): 5 floors and 54 feet for qualifying affordable housing projects (see BMC 12.64.104(B)(5)) | ||
D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
(H): maximum 3 floor & 35 feet in 3 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
(C1): the required setback area must include a 24 ft wide, Type I landscape buffer where proposed development is not similar in character and density to the adjacent residential-only zoning. | ||
(NCO): Neighborhood Center Overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map | ||
D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications | ||
(FS): May be reduced to a minimum of 5' provisionally, with Director approval, where it would create a wider buffer and comparatively lower building heights adjacent to single-family development or where it would improve transitions to adjacent zoning with different setbacks. | ||
(S): Allowed outside NCO only if screened from view from the street by a minimum 10' Type III landscape buffer. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201, Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated | ||
(S/VV): special regulations apply; see subsection (B)(2) of this section, Hard Surface Coverage, and subsection (B)(3) of this section | ||
(G): for residential units, garages, carports, and driveways are permitted. For off-street parking location and design, see BMC 12.16.080. | ||

---: not permitted | n/a: not applicable as indicated | not required: these elements are not required as indicated |
permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use | ||
required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated. | ||
provisional: permitted subject to satisfaction of special criteria | ||
(C1): permitted only in Park at Bothell Landing Overlay and Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay as provided in 12.64.107(B)(2)(d) and (3)(h) | ||
(C2): except as allowed under 12.64.107(B)(2)(e) and (3)(i) | ||
(C3): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(b)) | ||
(C4): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(c)) | ||

This section contains General Requirements and definitions of the District Requirements controlling Use, Height, Frontage, and Building Placement.
Figure 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations provides an overview of the regulations contained in these sections as well as other primary regulations. Refer to the sections noted for definitions and specifications for each of these regulations.

Fig. 12.64.200. Site Development Regulations
For the purposes of this Plan, all permitted and conditionally permitted uses have been classified into Use Categories. Descriptions and special requirements for each category, including aspects of their development such as size and location, are established in the text below. Use Category Charts include permitted and provisional uses for each category. Uses listed as permitted are defined as those uses permitted by right. Uses listed as provisional are defined as those uses which require special consideration either of their impacts on the neighborhood/land uses in the vicinity and/or of their physical organization and design. A provisional use shall be considered for approval if the proposed use conforms with the vision, goals and regulations of the Plan and any relevant requirement of the Bothell Municipal Code. All permitted uses for a single District are allowed either alone or in combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. Any proposed use not listed in the Use Category Charts shall be classified by the community development director as permitted, provisional, or not permitted, based on the listed use to which the proposed use is most similar. If the community development director determines that the proposed use is not similar to any use in the table, the proposed use shall not be permitted. The determination of the community development director shall be appealable to the hearing body.
(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2378 § 6, 2022; Ord. 2323 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 8, 2018; Ord. 2237 § 7, 2017; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

Fig. 12.64.202. Building Height - Sloped Site
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
Special Height Regulations are established to create an appropriate height relationship between new development within the Plan Area and existing buildings in adjacent residential-only zones. They shall be required for parcels located in Districts as indicated in BMC 12.64.101 through 12.64.109 District Requirements Site Development Regulation Charts. Where required, the following regulations apply:
(Ord. 2323 § 3, 2020; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

Fig. 12.64.205. Public Frontage - Definition
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

Fig. 12.64.207. Front Yard Setback
Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the rear property line to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback. The required rear yard setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Figure 12.64.208 Side Yard Setback and Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

Fig. 12.64.210. Setback Adjacent to Single Family Zones
(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024).
Alley setback is defined as the required minimum distance from an alley right-of-way to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.211 Alley Setback. The alley setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.211. Alley Setback
If providing public open space in the interior or rear of a parcel is not viable, required public open space may count toward the frontage coverage requirement.

Fig. 12.64.212. Frontage Coverage
(Ord. 2072 § 2 (Exh. B)).

Fig. 12.64.213. Build-to-Corner
Maximum building length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass fronting a street or open space as shown in Figure 12.64.214 Maximum Building Length. Maximum building length shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100. Districts. Buildings shall not exceed this maximum length. A developer may build multiple buildings, each with an individual length that does not exceed the maximum building length.
The primary building mass is the most prominent mass of the building from its street frontage. Breaks in the primary building mass may be achieved through recessed sections where the recessed façade is clearly articulated as a different mass through materials, lower roof line or other means.

Fig. 12.64.214. Maximum Building Length
(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
A – Residential Building with a Front Facade less than 60' long
B – Limited Corner Building
C – Limited Mid-Block Building
D – Public Open Space
X – Special Building Length Limits Do Not Apply

Fig. 12.64.215. Special Building Length
If a developer is building multiple buildings on a single property, the required minimum space between buildings is applied. Space between buildings is defined as the distance measured between the primary building mass of two adjacent buildings on a single property as shown in Figure 12.64.216 Space Between Buildings. The minimum dimension for required for space between buildings shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.216. Space Between Buildings
This section contains general requirements and guidelines designed to ensure that new streets, blocks, open spaces, and landscaping throughout the Plan Area are provided and built with the quality and care necessary to enhance the transportation network, provide proper accessibility, and ensure the development of a wide range of public places within downtown as it intensifies.
In addition to regulatory policies for the provision, configuration, and design of streets and open spaces, this section provides requirements and guidelines for on-site improvements such as the design and landscaping of all spaces including front, side, and rear yards; screening for utility and service areas; as well as policies governing the treatment of furnishings plant materials, and lighting.
Additional detail and requirements for improvements to existing streets are provided by the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, which will be updated to coordinate with the new street requirements included in this section.
The Street is defined as the area between the back of sidewalk lines. It includes the moving lanes, parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas. (see Figure 12.64.301 Corridor Definition of Terms).
Street Requirements determine the configuration and design of new streets. They are established to enhance the connectivity of streets, to create safe and attractive streetscape environments, and to encourage walking throughout the Plan Area.
All new streets within the Plan Area shall be designed and configured according to the following regulations.

Fig. 12.64.301. Corridor Definition of Terms
(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2102 § 2 (Exh. B), 2012).
Setback areas shall be landscaped in accordance with the following regulations.
(Ord. 2373 § 12, 2022; Ord. 2337 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 9, 2018).
This section contains general requirements and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the downtown is convenient and accessible, accommodates all land uses, and reinforces the desired character of each District in the downtown. Following the Requirements, Parking Guidelines are provided to help direct the composition and style of parking elements to ensure that all new development in the Plan Area reinforces the vision for the downtown. New development should aim to embrace the design character set forth within these guidelines.
A property’s permitted parking types shall be as determined in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements. For all parking types, parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway as stated under Access in BMC 12.64.403(B) and 12.64.404(A). Parking types are defined as follows (for residential units, garages, car ports, and driveways shall be permitted):
(Ord. 2437 § 2 (Exh. B), 2024).
The Architecture Regulations in this section are set forth to ensure that new and renovated buildings in the Subarea embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human scale, rhythm, and urban character appropriate for Downtown Bothell. The goal is to build on the best efforts of previous generations, while allowing for and encouraging creativity on the part of developers and designers. For renovations to Historic buildings, refer to Section 3) Downtown Conditions in Appendix A: Starting Point. The regulations in this section are organized according to the building elements described below and indicated in Figure 12.64.500 Architecture Regulations:
The objective of this section is to ensure that all new or renovated downtown buildings have a well-formed “base” and top.” A building base provides form and definition to the pedestrian-scale public room of its adjacent downtown street spaces. A building’s top or cap contributes to a distinctive skyline and overall massing of the downtown, whether seen immediately looking up from the street below or at a distance from another part of the city. The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the vertical mass of building façades. The application of architectural elements and architectural style such as (but not limited to) those respectively outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements, 12.64. Architectural Styles, and 12.64.505 Historic Resources Guidelines are strongly recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture.


The objective of this section is to provide minimal requirements to ensure that the length of any new or renovated building façade in the downtown is in keeping with the historic scale of downtown façades (see Figures 1.11 and 1.12 in Community Vision and Figures A.3, A.6 and A.21 in Appendix A for examples of downtown’s historic scale). The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the horizontal mass of building façades. Further building articulation as outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements is strongly recommended to create well integrated and attractive architecture.
This section contains architectural requirements and guidelines to guide the design of architectural elements used within new buildings in the Plan Area. In accordance with the Site Development Regulations set forth in BMC 12.64.200, the following regulations and suggestions will ensure that new buildings maintain the quality and character of Bothell while providing ample opportunities for creativity and choice.
Buildings located within the Downtown Special Review Area shall separately comply with the Historic Resources Guidelines. Requirements and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they apply to a particular building type, such as Residential, and noted accordingly.
In addition to the following architectural guidelines, application of sustainable or “Green Building” guidelines, such as those found in the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System™ (http://www.usgbc.org) and the National Association of Homebuilders Model Green Home Building Guidelines (http://www.nahbrc.org/greenguidelines) and future City of Bothell “green building” ordinances and guidelines as they become available are strongly encouraged.
Note: The guidelines within this document also apply to freestanding parking structures, whether serving municipal, commercial or residential uses.
A. Façades | ▶ | B. Roofs | ▶ | C. Color Guidelines | ▶ | D. Sustainability Guidelines |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. Building Base Requirements 2. Building Base Guidelines 3. Façade Composition Requirements 4. Façade Composition Guidelines 5. Wall Cladding Requirements 6. Wall Cladding Guidelines 7. Window Requirements 8. Window Guidelines 9. Main Entrance Requirements 10. Main Entrance Guidelines 11. Secondary Entrance Requirements 12. Secondary Entrance Guidelines 13. Loading and Service Entrance Requirements 14. Loading and Service Entrance Guidelines 15. Entrance Door Requirements 16. Entrance Door Guidelines 17. Garage Door Requirements 18. Garage Door Guidelines | 1. Roof Type Requirements 2. Roof Type Guidelines 3. Roof Material Requirements 4. Roof Material Guidelines 5. Roof Equipment and Screening Requirements 6. Roof Equipment and Screening Guidelines | 1. By Districts 2. General Guidelines | 1. Solar Access, Daylighting, Passive Solar Heating and Cooling 2. Materials 3. Heat Island Reduction 4. Storm Water Management |
This section contains a discussion of a range of the predominant architectural styles found among existing buildings in downtown Bothell. A small number of buildings designed in other styles, from different periods or displaying a degree of stylistic influence from other styles (for example, 1930s Art Deco influence on decorative elements of the Anderson Building) can be found in downtown, but detailed descriptions of those styles have not been included here. The City of Bothell Design Guidelines, Building Styles and Features by the Bothell Landmark Preservation Board, 2007, or most recent revision, may be consulted for further detail on these and other architectural styles. Within individual style descriptions below, the dates shown indicate the historic period of initial popularity of the style. With the goal of strengthening downtown Bothell’s “sense of place” and architectural character and building on its heritage in mind, the Architectural Styles discussed here are included to provide a basis for reinforcing and strengthening the character of predominant building fabric in the project area in the design of new buildings and development, whether through the full emulation and/or interpretation of one of the predominant building styles. Alternatively, where a predominant downtown architectural style is not used, the information is intended to provide guidance for architects and developers to make sensitive reference to, incorporate, and/or harmonize with characteristics of predominant architectural styles such as (but not limited to) massing, horizontal and vertical scale increments, façade composition, roof form, architectural elements, materials, and colors.
The sections below list predominantly commercial and mixed-use styles first, followed by predominantly residential styles.
(Ord. 2323 § 4, 2020).
This section contains requirements and guidelines for signage to ensure that signs installed within the Plan Area are consistent with the overall quality and character of new development anticipated for the Downtown. Regulations include permitted sign types as well as sign size, location, materials, illumination, color, and design.
The following definitions, requirements, and guidelines shall apply to all signs, regardless of type.
A property’s permitted sign types are determined by District as shown in the Figure 12.64.602 Sign Type Regulations Chart on the opposite page. Specific restrictions are noted on the chart for a particular combination of District and Sign Type. For the purposes of this plan, the following Sign Types are established (see the summary of primary Sign Types on the opposite page):
This glossary sets forth definitions of certain words or phrases used in this Code in order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage, thereby facilitating the interpretation of this Plan and Regulations. The meaning and construction of words and phrases as set forth in this chapter shall apply throughout the Plan and Regulations unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Definitions contained in the city’s Municipal Code shall be applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this chapter or elsewhere in this Code, in which case this Code’s definitions shall prevail.
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Queensborough/Brentwood/Crystal Springs Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The existing pattern of land division along 9th Avenue SE consists primarily of numerous separately owned properties of five acres or less, each having narrow frontage on 9th. Such a pattern lends itself to further subdivision as a series of residential cul-de-sac developments, each having its own access on 9th. Redevelopment of this area in a series of cul-de-sacs would contribute to traffic congestion, as a result of the number of individual access points on 9th, and a lack of a feeling of community, as a result of the disconnectedness of the individual developments. In order to minimize congestion and promote community character, applicants for subdivision approval shall incorporate internal local access street connections to adjacent properties, subject to compliance with BMC 12.14.180(A) concerning residential development access design, and unless, through the subdivision review process as set forth in BMC Title 15, such connections are found to be unfeasible due to the presence of critical areas as classified and regulated in accordance with Chapter 14.04 BMC. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1798 § 1, 2000).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Shelton View/Meridian/3rd Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Office-Professional zoned parcels between 7th and 9th Avenues SE shall derive access from 228th at the 9th Avenue traffic signal. (Ord. 2373 § 11, 2022; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J), 2024; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development occurring within this area shall be subject to the following:
A. A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement.
B. Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 100 feet from abutting residential properties. The area between the 30-foot landscape buffer identified above and the 100-foot building setback may be used for parking lots, access drives, storm water facilities, and other improvements not involving structures. Buildings abutting the 100-foot setback which contain office professional or community business uses shall be limited to one story in height.
C. Any development in this area shall be oriented toward existing development to the east and shall be compatible in bulk and scale with the homes and accessory structures of the R-L1 zoned area to the west and south.
D. Vehicle access to this area shall be limited to SR-527 to protect the detached residential areas located to the west and south. Vehicle access from 240th Street SE and 3rd Avenue SE shall be prohibited. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J, W), 2024; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Midtown Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
A. Building Height in R-AC, OP, CB Zoning.
1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 65 feet if both of the following conditions are met:
a. At least 40 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure;
b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
3. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Permitted primary dwelling units shall include detached single-family dwellings, duplexes and multifamily townhouse dwellings.
A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development in this area shall incorporate the following features:
A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart, in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or leaving traffic;
B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;
C. Parking shall be located alongside buildings and/or behind buildings, but shall not be located in the area between any building and the Bothell-Everett Highway, unless topography or other site-related constraints necessitate otherwise, as determined by the community development director;
D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the adverse visual impacts of general commercial development. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.050).
The Midtown special district encompasses lands that are north and south of the intersection of Bothell-Everett Highway and 240th Street SE with lands north of 240th Street SE with an R-AC, OP, CB zoning classification and lands south of 240th Street with an R 4,000, OP, CB classification. The Midtown special district is subject to both general Midtown special district regulations and regulations which are applied to the specific zoning classification including the following:
A. General requirements applied to all lands within the Midtown special district:
1. A minimum of 1,200 square feet of leasable space for retail or service uses shall be provided at each quadrant of the intersection.
2. Buildings which contain retail or services space shall be placed in such a manner as to promote pedestrian travel from one building to another.
3. Land between buildings which contain retail or services space and streets should be utilized for pedestrian-oriented activities such as outdoor cafes or public plazas.
4. Parking shall be located behind and/or alongside buildings, but not in the area between any building and the street.
5. Design of all buildings within the village shall be coordinated and may adhere to an historic or other theme in keeping with its setting. The Midtown Village Site and Building Design Guidelines shall be considered. These guidelines shall be available at the department of community development.
6. Pedestrian-scale street, parking lot and sidewalk lighting shall be utilized.
7. Development shall include landscaped street medians on the Bothell-Everett Highway and planter areas separating the sidewalk from the street.
8. Pedestrian street crossings shall utilize special paving treatments.
9. Adjacent to single-family zoning, a landscape buffer of a minimum width of 30 feet shall be installed pursuant to the following:
a. The 30-foot landscape buffer shall utilize berms, a wall constructed of solid nonwood materials suitable for maximum sound and light attenuation, and Type I landscaping;
b. Plants installed within the buffer shall be indigenous and drought-tolerant. Existing vegetation may be used to satisfy all or part of the required Type I landscaping, provided said existing vegetation meets or exceeds the Type I landscape standard;
c. The sound and light attenuation wall shall be not less than six feet in height and, through the conditional use permit review, may exceed six feet in height should conditions warrant a taller height to provide for adequate auditory and visual screening of adjacent single-family-zoned lands;
d. All portions of the wall visible to pedestrians shall receive aesthetic treatments consistent with BMC 12.14.180(F). The exact composition of the buffer and wall shall be determined in conjunction with conditional use permit review;
e. Pedestrian and nonmotorized trails, not to exceed six feet in width, shall be allowed only in that portion of the 30-foot buffer located between the sound and light attenuation wall and developed property within the Midtown Village special district. Vehicular access drives shall not be located within the 30-foot buffer;
f. The 243rd Street SE Connector, as provided below, and underground utilities or utility corridors which cross the buffer in a perpendicular or near perpendicular manner may be permitted within the 30-foot buffer;
g. The buffer may be modified as follows:
(i) The Type I landscape standard may be modified to exempt the installation of trees within city-approved utility easements and utility corridors;
(ii) The placement, configuration and construction of the sound and light attenuation wall may be modified to permit maintenance and installation of utilities located within city-approved or established utility easements and utility corridors;
h. The 30-foot landscape buffer and sound and light attenuation wall shall be constructed substantially as illustrated in Figure 12.46-1; and
i. Exact composition and design of the buffer and wall shall be determined during the conditional use permit review.
Figure 12.46-1 – Illustrating the 30-foot landscape buffer pursuant to BMC 12.46.050(A)(9)

10. All buildings containing retail uses, as described within BMC 12.06.150, shall be oriented toward the Bothell-Everett Highway or the 243rd Street SE Connector and shall be oriented away from adjacent single-family-zoned lands.
11. Driveways shall be consolidated to minimize the number of access points, and internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties.
B. The following requirements shall be applied to lands south of 240th Street SE that are classified as R 4,000, OP, CB:
1. The 243rd Street SE Connector as identified within Midtown Subarea Plan Transportation Policy 9 and as shown on the Functional Classifications figure of the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan Transportation Element the alignment of which would traverse properties located within the southerly portion of the Midtown Village special district shall be constructed in conjunction with development of the properties through which the road would extend. Should those lands within the Midtown Village special district be developed prior to adjacent single-family residential zoned lands, the director of public works is authorized to defer construction of that portion of the connector street located within 30 feet of the zoning boundary line in favor of construction of the 30-foot landscape buffer as provided above in order to protect single-family residents for the time until the single-family properties develop and the street is connected. This authorization shall be subject to the following:
a. Public right-of-way sufficient to accommodate the 243rd Street SE Connector shall be dedicated, including those lands within the 30-foot buffer;
b. The public works director shall make specific findings that such delay can be accomplished in a manner that does not compromise the ability of the connector street to be extended as intended;
c. Completion of the remaining road segment at such time as the adjacent property develops shall be bonded for or otherwise guaranteed via surety acceptable to the city; and
d. This authorization shall not be construed as preventing eventual construction of the entire 243rd Street SE Connector.
2. Light fixtures installed within 100 feet of adjacent single-family residential zoned lands.
C. The following requirements shall be applied to lands north of 240th Street SE with a zoning classification of R-AC, OP, CB:
1. Residential dwellings at densities controlled by the site and building envelope regulations of this section;
2. Buildings shall not exceed 35 feet in height as described within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
3. Site development or redevelopment shall provide focuses for neighborhood activities. Examples of such features include but are not limited to enhanced pedestrian access, public plazas and courtyards, neighborhood news kiosks, pedestrian “refuges,” and artworks, to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the Midtown district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2007 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.060).
Development in the R-M3, OP area shall install a minimum 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer to mitigate noise and visual impacts on abutting residential development. Such buffering shall include but not be limited to such techniques and materials as fences, walls, berms, and screening type plant materials. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.070).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. This water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This section augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins.
A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.
5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.
a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.010(10) and 90.46.080(1). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).
b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.
6. Uses identified by the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as pollution-generating impervious or pervious surfaces shall be prohibited.
B. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection. Further, all activities must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) low impact development (LID) overlay is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through the low impact development (LID) overlay and other regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement, which water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole and North Creek drainage basins. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual (Bothell Standards).
A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.
B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, and all other applicable city-wide regulations:
1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;
2. Construction of a single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;
3. Short subdivisions proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:
a. Creates no more than four lots;
b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R 40,000 zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC;
c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and
d. Such short subdivisions shall be exempt from the minimum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c).
C. Special Submittal Requirements.
1. Site Assessment. A site assessment shall be submitted for all developments not excepted from these provisions which identifies and describes the natural processes existing on and around the development site including:
a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;
b. Soil type and infiltration potential;
c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;
d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;
e. Wetlands and other critical areas;
f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.
2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:
a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.
b. Location of Fish and Wildlife Habitat. The study shall depict the location of all streams, floodplains, wetlands, riparian areas, forested areas and all other critical areas and associated buffers as required by Chapter 14.04 BMC on and within 300 feet of the project area, or another dimension as approved by the director.
c. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:
(1) Detailed description of vegetation on and adjacent to the project area;
(2) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;
(3) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;
(4) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;
(5) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;
(6) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and
(7) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.
3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:
a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and
b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.
D. Site and Building Design Regulations.
1. General Requirements.
a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.
b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein, and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage.
a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent. EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.
b. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:
(1) Dispersion into intact forest areas;
(2) Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
(1) Infiltration;
(2) Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(3) A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(4) Forest equivalent storm water detention.
These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or actually developed area of the subject site.
c. A maintenance/management plan addressing the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all proposals.
d. Application of the effective impervious area (EIA) shall be limited by the following:
(1) The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to arterials and collector streets, including the area of any arterial right-of-way dedicated to the city as part of a private residential or commercial project; provided, that the maximum feasible reduction of surface water runoff is achieved in project design in accordance with the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Manual, as amended.
(2) The effective impervious surface area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.
3. Forest Cover Requirements.
a. Within lands zoned R-M3 (LID), an area equal to 50 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:
(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or
(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that within a critical area or a critical area buffer 100 percent of all intact forest or vegetated cover shall be preserved; or
(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:
(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;
(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or
(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest restoration or rehabilitation, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives;
(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; and
b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.
c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:
(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the LID Supplement to the Bothell Design Standards specifications and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.
d. All preserved, rehabilitated and restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:
(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:
(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:
(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and
(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.
(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:
(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or
(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.
(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to the city, another public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.
(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:
(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;
(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;
(C) Control of invasive species;
(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area;
4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, lay out and arrangement of site improvements preserves natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.
a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:
(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;
(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;
(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;
(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.
b. Layout of lots or structures shall:
(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;
(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.
c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:
(A) Use of pole- or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.
(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 15 feet outside the building footprint area or more than three feet of topographic modification are prohibited.
(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.
E. Modification of Development Regulations.
1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.
a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:
(1) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area per single-family dwelling unit may be reduced by as much as 40 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 3,250 square feet.
(2) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 20 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.
(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (E)(1)(a)(1) and (E)(1)(a)(2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.
b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.
c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas.
d. Recreation area standards of Chapter 12.20 BMC which are applicable to the R-M3 (LID) zone may be varied according to the following:
(1) The minimum recreation area required in BMC 12.20.020 may be modified by the community development director when trails and viewing platforms or facilities of a similar nature are provided within or adjacent to retained forest areas.
(2) Single purpose facilities may account for up to 80 percent of the required recreation area.
(3) Location, layout and dimensions of required recreation areas in BMC 12.20.040 may be varied to accommodate the use of trails and other linear facilities located within forest retention areas.
2. To accommodate low impact development the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.
a. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
(1) Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:
(A) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(B) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(C) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(D) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.
(E) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
(2) Private street and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:
(A) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(B) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
b. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.
(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.
c. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.
d. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:
(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;
(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;
(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.
(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.
e. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement may be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.
F. Supplemental Requirements Regarding the Use of Specific Types of Low Impact Storm Drainage Facilities within the NCPA. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:
1. Dispersion into intact forest areas;
2. Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
1. Infiltration;
2. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
3. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
4. Forest equivalent storm water detention.
These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or the actually developed area of the subject site.
G. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development as provided below:
1. Application of Standards.
a. Best Available Information. The public works director may approve alternatives to these standards upon review of evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
b. Dispersion into Preserved Forest. Dispersion of runoff from an impervious surface into retained forest areas may utilize several facilities subject to approval by the public works director. The Bothell Surface Water Design Manual describes different methods for implementing dispersion on a site to reduce EIA and provide credits for treatment and flow control. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations; and BMC Title 13, Shoreline Management, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.
A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.
1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.
2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.
B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:
1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.50.040(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;
2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;
3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;
4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;
5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;
6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.
“Bioretention facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.
“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.
“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.
“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.
“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.
“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:
1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;
2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;
3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and
4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.
As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.
An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:
1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have established an overhead canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory plants and emergent plants.
3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.
“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.
“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.
“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.
“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.
“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive or if these subarea regulations provide a specific provision, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea contains a number of important fish and wildlife habitat supporting features including extensive critical areas, an extensive tree canopy, presence of salmon streams, important low temperature groundwater contributions to North Creek, and other important elements which promote the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found within North Creek. The following special regulations are applied to those lands which have been deemed to be particularly important to maintaining the health of North Creek and are crafted to protect the groundwater resources of the Palm, Woods, Cole, Spring Stream, and North Creek drainage basins:
A. Special Use Requirements to Protect Groundwater Resources Including the Following Uses or Activities.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection.
5. Site and Building Design Review Criteria.
a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table.
b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.
B. Special Submittal Requirements. In addition to submittals required by applicable city-wide regulations, applications for subdivisions, building permits, grading permits or other development permits not specifically excepted in BMC 12.52.050(B) shall contain the following special studies, information, and evaluations:
1. A special site study which describes the natural processes existing on and around the site. The applicant may include this information on site maps, site plans, or reports prepared to meet other submittal requirements. Information shall include:
a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;
b. Soil type and infiltration potential;
c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;
d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;
e. Wetlands and other critical areas; and
f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.
2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:
a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.
b. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:
(1) The location of any intact forest areas and/or forest cover;
(2) Detailed description of forest areas, forest cover, and other vegetation cover types;
(3) Discussion of existing development including buildings, roads, lawn and maintained landscaping including site percentages for total impervious area and EIA, if different. The special study may reference a drainage report or other submittal that contains this information;
(4) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;
(5) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;
(6) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;
(7) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;
(8) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and
(9) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.
3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:
a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and
b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.
C. Special Surface Water Runoff Standards.
1. In addition to the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as promulgated within the Bothell Standards and adopted pursuant to Chapter 18.02 BMC, the public works director shall specify use of the following specific types of low impact development storm drainage facilities including forest equivalent storm water facilities to be implemented in the following order of preference:
a. Dispersion into intact forest areas;
b. Bioretention.
For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:
c. Infiltration;
d. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
e. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
f. Forest equivalent storm water detention.
2. These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or that portion of the subject site that is developed.
3. A maintenance/management plan addressing the long-term maintenance of the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all development applications.
D. Special Street Modification Provisions. To accommodate low impact development, the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.
1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
a. Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:
(1) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(2) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(3) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.
(4) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.
(5) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
b. Private streets and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:
(1) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.
(2) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.
c. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.
(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.
d. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.
e. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:
(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:
(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;
(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;
(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.
(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.
f. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement shall be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.
E. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development. When approving alternatives to the standards, the public works director shall review the evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).
Development shall incorporate the installation of a minimum 50-foot-wide vegetated buffer adjacent to detached residential areas with a zoning classification of R-C (LID), utilizing fences, walls, berms, existing mature vegetation or Type III landscaping, or other noise-absorbing or sight-obscuring techniques. The exact width and planting materials to be used in the buffer will be determined in conjunction with development plan review. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.52.020).
Lands located east of 39th Avenue SE that are within the Spring Creek drainage basin and are located outside the Palm and Cole/Woods Creek drainage basins have been removed from the NCPA and zoned R-L1. However, these lands have an important role in maintaining a healthy hydrologic regime for North Creek and shall be subject to the following special regulations; provided, however, that if site specific analysis as required within BMC 12.52.020(B) identifies that any portion of this area is within the Cole/Woods Creek or Palm Creek drainage basins or supports base flow to the Cole/Woods Creek basin, the special provisions of the NCPA as promulgated within BMC 12.52.050 and 12.52.060 shall be applied.
Special Clustering Provisions Allowed under the Planned Unit Development Process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea, on lands with an R-L1 zoning classification that are located in the eastern portion of the subarea, an applicant may request the following special clustering provisions as modifications under the planned unit development process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Specifically, BMC 12.30.040(A), 12.30.040(B) and 12.30.040(C) are modified as follows:
A. Special lot yield calculation for properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea with a zoning classification of R-L1:
1. The net buildable area of the development site shall be calculated pursuant to BMC 12.14.030(B)(3) wherein land wherein land area in dedicated public rights-of-way, surface storm water retention/detention/water quality facilities located within required tracts, critical areas, critical area buffers, or any other land dedicated to the city shall be deducted from the gross site area;
2. To determine the maximum permitted number of lots upon the subject property, the net buildable area shall be divided by the underlying zoning classification’s minimum lot area thereby deriving the allowed maximum number of lots. Portions of the net buildable area placed into a dedicated open space tract pursuant to subsection C of this section may be credited toward the lot yield calculation.
B. Lot Area, Side Yard Setbacks, and Hard Surface Coverage Modifications. The minimum lot area and side yard setbacks provisions of BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified as follows:
1. Lot Area. The minimum lot area per single-family lot may be reduced by as much as 50 percent of the underlying zoning minimum lot area;
2. Side Yard Setbacks. Side yard setbacks may be modified such that the minimum side yard setback shall be five feet for both side yards, meaning that both side yard setbacks may add up to 10 feet instead of the 15 feet required under BMC 12.14.030(A);
3. Hard Surface Cover. The maximum hard surface cover per single-family residential lot may be increased up to 55 percent of the lot area; provided, however, that the total hard surface cover allowed on the total development site shall be no greater than 45 percent of the net building area.
C. Open Space/Forest Preservation.
1. Utilizing the PUD process of Chapter 12.30 BMC, developments may implement the special clustering provisions of this chapter provided the development reserves a portion of the site as dedicated, permanent open space not available for future development consistent with the following criteria.
2. Amount of Land to Be Preserved.
a. A minimum of 10 percent of the net buildable area of the site shall be placed within a dedicated forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract to be preserved in perpetuity consistent with the special provisions of BMC 12.52.050(C)(3)(d); or
b. The city may approve an increase in the number of lots beyond the number allowed by the special calculated lot yield pursuant to subsection (A)(1) of this section, provided additional land is dedicated as a forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract consistent with the following:
(1) Preserving at least 15 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 10 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(2) Preserving at least 20 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 15 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(3) Preserving at least 25 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 20 percent of the calculated lot yield; or
(4) Preserving at least 30 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 25 percent of the calculated lot yield.
3. Type of Land to Be Preserved as Open Space. The type of open space shall be based upon the following hierarchical preference. Applicants shall demonstrate that all reasonable efforts have been made to design the development in a manner that preserves the types of lands listed herein consistent with these hierarchical preferences:
a. Intact forest areas as defined herein;
b. Lands containing “forest equivalent” bioretention surface water facilities or intact forest areas that accept dispersed surface water;
c. Rehabilitated or restored forest areas as defined herein;
d. Lands adjacent to critical area buffers; and
e. Lands containing other types of forest equivalent surface water facilities. To be credited toward preservation of open space, storm water vaults or other closed or underground systems placed within areas designated for open space shall have recreational uses, such as but not limited to play areas, open lawn areas, and sports courts placed on top of or above such underground facilities. (Ord. 2459 § 3 (Exh. C), 2025; Ord. 2457 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through special low impact development (LID) overlay regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as particularly important sources of cool water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the latest version of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as contained within the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards).
A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.
B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC and all other applicable city-wide regulations:
1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;
2. Construction of one single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;
3. Short subdivisions within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID) proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:
a. Creates no more than four lots; and
b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R-C zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and
d. The maximum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c) shall not apply to such short subdivisions, however the provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c)(1) through (4) shall apply.
C. Site and Building Design Regulations.
1. General Requirements.
a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.
b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage. Within the NCPA, the goal is to have no net increase in undetained and untreated effective impervious area (EIA) through the application of these requirements and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent for lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID). EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.
b. The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.
3. Forest Cover Requirements.
a. Within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID), an area equal to 60 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:
(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or
(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that lands within a critical area or a critical area buffer shall retain 100 percent of any intact forest and vegetation; or
(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:
(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;
(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or
(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:
(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to restore the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives; and
(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property.
(C) Lands used for low impact development storm water facilities that have a high potential for functioning as a forest in terms of protecting the hydrological cycle and other habitat benefits consistent with forest rehabilitation or restoration including planting with predominantly woody vegetation and that the LID facility is part of a bioretention and/or dispersion system as outlined within the Bothell Surface Water Manual.
b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.
c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:
(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;
(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.
d. All preserved, rehabilitated, or restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:
(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:
(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:
(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and
(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.
(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:
(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or
(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.
(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to a public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.
(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:
(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;
(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;
(C) Control of invasive species;
(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area.
4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, layout and arrangement of the site improvements preserve natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.
a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:
(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;
(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;
(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls, which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;
(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.
b. Layout of lots or structures shall:
(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;
(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.
c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.
(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:
(A) Use of pole or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.
(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than five feet outside the building footprint area or more than five feet of topographic modification are prohibited.
(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.
D. Modification of Development Regulations.
1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.
a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:
(1) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-C may have a minimum lot area of 16,000 square feet and properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 4,800 square feet.
(2) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot circle may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classifications, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.
(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (D)(1)(a)(1) and (2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.
b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.
c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.040).
The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, and BMC Title 13, shoreline master program, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.
A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.
1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.
2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and will be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.
B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:
1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.52.020(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;
2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;
3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;
4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;
5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;
6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and
7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, proposed location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.52.050).
“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.
“Bioretention surface water facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.
“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.
“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.
“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.
“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.
“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:
1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;
2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;
3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and
4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.
As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.
An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:
1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have an established canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.
3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.
“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.
“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.
“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.
“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.
“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.060).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The regulations in this section shall apply to the Lower Maywood special district, which is defined as that area bounded by NE 190th Street on the north; the boundary with the downtown subarea on the south and west; and 104th Avenue NE on the east.
A. Platted Lots Recognized. Notwithstanding the limitations imposed by other provisions of this title, a single-family dwelling or duplex may be erected upon any platted lot or lot of record in existence as of October 29, 1984, within the Lower Maywood special district, regardless of the dimensional requirements of Chapter 12.14 BMC, but shall be subject to meeting the minimum requirements of this section. No new lot shall be created within the special district which does not meet the minimum size requirements of the underlying zoning.
B. Dimensional Standards. All single-family dwellings permitted under this section shall have a minimum floor area of 800 square feet of interior heated living area exclusive of garages, carports, decks and/or porches. The setback requirements shall follow dimensional standards established in BMC 12.14.030.
For corner lots, front yard setbacks shall be 20 feet along the primary street and 15 feet along the secondary street, as designated by the community development director.
C. Special Review. In order to protect property values, promote compatible design, and generally enhance the comfort and quality of the surrounding community, all multifamily developments shall be reviewed using the following special criteria in addition to any normal review processes:
1. Building design utilizing peaked, hipped or gabled roofs shall be encouraged to promote compatibility with the existing development on adjacent lots.
2. Parking design using under-building spaces is encouraged to enhance site layout and limit impervious surface.
3. Building design will consider impact on existing single-family residential development including solar access, landscaping, screening and view of the adjacent properties.
4. Building height shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC, except that where R-M4 zoning abuts lower density residential zoning, the following shall apply: The height of a proposed multifamily development adjacent to an existing single-family residence or residences located on R-L1 zoning shall not exceed the bulk plan angle of 65 degrees as measured from the single-family residence property line (see figure 12.54-1).
5. Aggregation of recreation space requirements shall be encouraged when a multifamily development is adjacent to another multiple-family development.
Figure 12.54-1

(Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2252 § 10, 2018; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Any manufactured home park (MHP) development within the area zoned R-M4 shall be required to be buffered from adjacent single-family uses by a dense, evergreen, sight-obscuring landscape screen around the perimeter of the property. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The North Creek Valley special district shall be coterminous with the North Creek Valley/NE 195th Street Subarea. This special district is established as an overlay zoning classification pursuant to the Bothell comprehensive land use plan for the purpose of implementing the goals, policies and actions of that plan. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
The North Creek Valley special district shall be divided into two subdistricts as follows:
A. Subdistrict A shall comprise all lands zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI; R 2,800, OP, NB and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO in the southeast corner of the subarea; and R-M4, OP, NB in the southeast corner of the subarea.
B. Subdistrict B shall comprise all lands zoned R-L1 within the western portion of the subarea and R 2,800, OP in the eastern part of the subarea.

Fig. 12.56.030-1.
(Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 2282 § 9, 2019; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1921 § 1, 2003; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1921. (Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Properties within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea shall have a hard surface coverage allotment of 60 percent. Impervious surfaces proposed shall be subject to the maximum hard surface allotment as well as environmental review, and shall comply with impervious surface requirements as set forth in BMC Title 14, Environment. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1924 § 1, 2004; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.090).
All development within the North Creek special district shall include provisions for pedestrian and bicycle access in accordance with the adopted pedestrian and bicycle facilities plan within the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. Special consideration shall be given to developing a complete nonmotor vehicle traffic network, including connections to a trail system along North Creek and access to such system. (Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.150).
A. The negative visual impact resulting from buildings with their rear elevation facing I-405 or SR-522 shall be avoided or substantially minimized through building orientation and design and/or effective screening.
B. Commercial development in the North Creek Valley special district shall not include businesses which are dependent upon attracting freeway motorists for a substantial portion of their business. Retail and service businesses located within the North Creek Valley special district are prohibited from orienting signs toward I-405 and SR-522. Signage shall be oriented to the street serving the business.
C. All development constructed in the vicinity of I-405 or SR-522 shall be designed and/or positioned so as to buffer freeway noise. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.170).
In order to further the purposes of this chapter as set forth in BMC 12.56.010, protect property values, minimize discordant and unsightly surroundings and visual blight, avoid inappropriate and poor quality design, and to promote aesthetic quality for the community as a whole, in addition to the design standards contained in Chapter 12.14 BMC, the following architectural standards shall be complied with:
A. Glare.
1. Mirror glass is permitted only when it can be demonstrated to produce no detrimental visual effect upon adjacent areas.
2. Lighting shall be directed toward the interior of the project and away from residential areas.
B. The major portions of the exterior building and fence materials shall be of natural and earth tones. Accent colors will be permitted on the minor portions of such materials.
C. Buildings should be designed to encourage overall compatibility. Modular units, tilt-up construction, and other cost-effective techniques are allowed and the final visual effect should be one of quality and permanence.
D. All vents, air conditioning units, mechanical, electrical and other equipment located on the roof of any structure shall be screened as needed to avoid an unsightly appearance as viewed from surrounding property, including hillside locations. The building roof design and covering/screening materials shall be described in detail, and it shall be demonstrated how these items will mitigate the visual impact of the equipment. These items shall be incorporated as an integral part of the overall building design. Projections of the view to the proposed site development, of roofs, and of rooftop equipment screening from adjacent hillsides, elevated roadways and residential areas shall be submitted.
E. Building Height.
1. The following special height regulations apply:
a. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI, the maximum allowable height is 100 feet, except that buildings may be up to 150 feet to accommodate manufacturing processes which require structures taller than 100 feet. In such cases, the applicant shall demonstrate why the process cannot be conducted in a building of 100 feet or less. Only that portion of the structure containing the manufacturing process may exceed 100 feet; offices and other areas of intensive employee activity are prohibited above this height.
b. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R 2,800, OP, NB; and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.
c. Within the portion of Subdistrict B east of 120th Avenue NE and 39th Avenue SE zoned R 2,800, OP, the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.
d. Building heights within the remainder of Subdistricts A and B shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC.
e. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (E)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where a property within any area described in subsection (E)(1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of such property.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
F. Minimum Residential Density and Minimum Floor Area Ratio.
1. Residential development shall achieve a minimum density of 35 dwelling units per net acre and a maximum density controlled by the site, building envelope, parking, recreation space, and other applicable regulations of this title.
2. Nonresidential development shall achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 0.5.
3. Mixed-use developments proposing both residential and nonresidential uses shall:
a. Achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 1.0; or
b. At the applicant’s discretion, either fully provide nonresidential land uses at the minimum floor area ratio of 0.5, and then apply a reduced residential density, or fully provide the minimum residential density of 35 units per net acre and then provide nonresidential land uses at a reduced floor area ratio.
4. For the purposes of this subsection F, floor area ratios shall be calculated in the manner specified in BMC 12.14.133. (Ord. 2353 § 11, 2021; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.180).
A. In Subdistrict A, building setback requirements along public rights-of-way shall be 25 feet, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E). Such setbacks shall be landscaped in accordance with the landscaping standards of BMC 12.56.100.
B. The setback requirements from all other property lines in Subdistrict A which do not abut R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be 10 feet. The setback requirements from property lines which abut R zoning shall be as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet.
C. In Subdistrict B, the setback requirements shall be governed by the standards of the zoning classification in which the development is located as set forth in Chapter 12.14 BMC, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet, and in BMC 12.56.120(H) for properties zoned R-AC, OP, NB.
D. In Subdistrict A, when adjoining properties are developed simultaneously, setback requirements, except setbacks on public rights-of-way, may be waived. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.190).
A. Planting of shade trees native to the area shall be required along public access routes to the North Creek shoreline.
B. Service, loading, storage and other areas which tend to be unsightly shall be oriented away from dedicated streets and private roadways and screened from view with landscaping or fencing of an attractive material.
C. The perimeter of parking areas shall be landscaped with solid screen evergreen plant material four feet high or fencing in combination with planting. Landscaped earth berms at least three feet high may substitute for the solid screen planting.
D. Mechanical equipment shall be screened with landscaping or attractive architectural features integrated into the structure itself.
E. To lessen the visual impact of outdoor parking lots, not less than seven percent of the interior of a parking lot with at least 15 parking stalls shall be landscaped. Landscaped strips between parking bays with appropriate ground cover and the planting of deciduous trees to achieve a canopy-like screening shall be required. Berms are also encouraged in the interior planted areas. Planting which is required for screening along the perimeter of any parking lot shall not be considered as fulfillment of the interior landscaping requirement. Planted areas within a parking lot shall be considered as part of the open space requirement.
F. All plant material used for parking lot landscaping shall be of sufficient size and development to have a significant impact on the screening of the lot immediately though the full effect will not be realized for several years.
G. Indigenous plant material with emphasis on trees and shade cover shall be required for landscaping along North Creek. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.200).
A. Required number of stalls shall be in accordance with Chapter 12.16 BMC;
B. Cooperative joint usage of parking lots by two or more commercial businesses within a development shall be encouraged when the suitability of this cooperative agreement is determined. Criteria for such a determination includes:
1. The size of the joint parking lot which shall be governed by the timing of customer usage of the space and of the peak business periods of participating businesses.
a. When peak periods of business overlap for two or more businesses wishing a joint parking lot, the required number of parking stalls may be reduced to 75 percent of the total parking stalls required for all businesses.
b. The number of parking stalls for two businesses shall be the same as that required for the larger of the two when it is shown that one of the two cooperating businesses is relatively inactive during peak periods of the other.
c. The number of parking stalls for three or more businesses with nonoverlapping peak hours shall be at least the same as that required by the largest business. Additional parking stalls may be required by the community development director;
2. Location of the parking area either on the same lot or within 200 feet of the building it is intended to serve. For longer term parking, such as employee or proprietor parking, portions of the parking may be located up to 500 feet from the building if such an arrangement is found by the community development director to adequately serve the needs of the development for parking;
3. Adequate signing in the parking area and entrance to the cooperative establishments to clarify for customers that the parking area is common to both;
4. Safe and adequate pedestrian connections between the parking area and the businesses;
C. A minimum of 50 percent of the space saved on a site through joint use of parking areas must be set aside as open space with pedestrian access and allocated equally among businesses;
D. All approved joint uses of parking areas, including use by the public of private lots adjacent to public recreation areas, shall be made permanent by the execution of a written agreement approved by the city attorney which makes the agreement continuous during the occupancy of the business unless satisfactory alternative arrangements are authorized by the community development director. This agreement shall be filed with the city clerk and recorded with the King County department of records and elections or the Snohomish County auditor’s office at the expense of the applicant;
E. Where pedestrian walks are used in parking lots for the use of foot traffic only, they shall be curbed, or raised six inches above the lot surface;
F. Parking lots utilizing material that is to some degree pervious and creates the visual impression of natural ground coverage are encouraged, but no compensating increase in hard surface allotment shall be given;
G.
1. The feasibility of reducing the number of parking stalls required to be provided as part of the development through the use of transportation system management (TSM) techniques shall be addressed. Examples of TSM techniques include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carpooling,
b. Vanpooling,
c. Subsidized bus passes,
d. A monthly charge for parking,
e. A monthly subsidy for use of ridesharing,
f. Use of flextime;
2. The number of and length of time per day stalls will be available for carpool/vanpool use, the percentages of employees which will use each system, the economic incentives to be used to encourage ride-sharing use, the use of flextime and/or joint parking facilities, the level of bus service provided to the site, and any other strategies which will be utilized to decrease the amount of traffic generated by the development should be addressed. If an applicant demonstrates these techniques will be successful and obligates themself to implement and maintain them on an ongoing basis, the city may reduce the required number of parking stalls below the number required by this title. The land for the required but unprovided parking stalls shall be set aside as open space until/if it is needed for additional parking. If the city finds the techniques were not successful, an applicant shall provide the additional parking stalls or reduce the building area utilized by the use. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.220).
Road connections from 112th Avenue NE to streets in the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea for use by nonemergency motor vehicles shall be prohibited, in accordance with BMC 12.14.180(A)(1). Connections for police, fire and emergency medical service vehicles, pedestrians and bicyclists may be provided, subject to BMC 12.14.180(A)(2) and (3). (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.56.180).
Exterior motor vehicle sales and display are permitted on properties containing Community Business (CB) zoning and a Motor Vehicle Sales Overlay (MVSO) designation subject to the following special regulations:
A. Illumination for motor vehicle sale properties shall be consistent with the following:
1. A lighting plan prepared by a qualified lighting engineer shall be submitted with any motor vehicle sales building permit application. The plan shall demonstrate consistency with these provisions.
2. All light fixtures shall be shielded to prevent off-site glare and shall direct light downward onto the sales lot. Shielding shall be installed to prevent the light bulb, filament or light source within the fixture from being directly visible from all residential zones.
3. Lighting fixtures shall be designed and installed in such a manner that no more than one footcandle of power of light at five feet above grade crosses a residential zoning boundary in accordance with BMC 8.64.030.
B. Landscaping within motor vehicle sales areas shall be consistent with the following:
1. A minimum 25-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed along the common property line between any motor vehicle sales use and any existing residential use. All other property lines shall have the landscape perimeter installed in accordance with Chapter 12.18 BMC.
a. Trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall consist of 100 percent coniferous species;
b. Coniferous trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall have a minimum height of 12 feet at time of installation.
2. Street right-of-way, front lot line, interior parking lot landscaping and all other required landscaping shall be installed pursuant to Chapter 12.18 BMC and BMC 12.56.100.
C. Paging systems for employees of motor vehicle sales operations shall be wireless pagers, cellular phones, or other devices that do not allow voice or sound transmittal through the air, except that external employee paging systems that allow voice or sound transmittal through the air may be permitted subject to the following requirements:
1. An external paging system plan with specifications designed and prepared by a licensed acoustical engineer shall be submitted to the department of community development for review and approval.
2. The paging system shall be designed consistent with the following:
a. All external speakers installed for the paging system shall be oriented away from existing residential uses and all residential zones.
b. The paging system shall be designed to be consistent with the maximum noise levels established under WAC 173-60-040.
3. Prior to issuance of any certificate of occupancy, or, in cases where the system is installed in an existing motor vehicle sales lot, use of the paging system, the acoustical engineer shall provide written verification to the city that the paging system is consistent with these standards. (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001. Formerly 12.56.190).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Bloomberg Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2441 § 5 (Exh. E), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Predominant views, both from and to the hillside areas, shall be preserved in order to retain the natural character and the sense of identity that the hillside areas now impart. Visual impact studies shall be provided by developers detailing the effects of grading, tree removal, building and parking placement and streets proposed in development plans. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Brickyard Road/Queensgate Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).
Properties zoned GC within this subarea shall be exempt from the setback requirements of BMC 12.14.070(D), the landscape buffering regulations of BMC 12.18.110, and the exterior building design – multifamily residential, commercial or industrial development abutting single-family residential zoning regulations of BMC 12.14.220. This relief is granted specifically to lands zoned GC that abut lands zoned R-L1. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).
These regulations provide for development of a pedestrian-, bicycle- and transit-oriented mixed use neighborhood to capitalize on the area’s close proximity and access to I-405 for commuting and other longer trips while promoting nonmotorized travel for convenience shopping and services and recreation trips within the neighborhood.
A. Building Height.
1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 50 feet if both of the following conditions are met:
a. At least 20 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure; and
b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.
2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:
a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070, shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet.
b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.
B. Site and Building Design. In addition to or in lieu of city-wide site and building design regulations in BMC 12.14.170 through 12.14.230, and city-wide parking, transit and pedestrian circulation design regulations in BMC 12.16.080 through 12.16.120, development shall be subject to the following regulations specific to this zoning district:
1. The threshold for having to provide a community gathering place as described in BMC 12.14.180(E) shall be a development area of one acre or more, rather than the standard five acres; such community gathering spaces shall be located and configured so as to be visible and inviting to the general public but shielded to the maximum extent feasible from freeway and arterial noise;
2. Sidewalks within the public right-of-way shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width; internal sidewalks not solely for use by residents or employees of a development shall be a minimum of eight feet in width;
3. At street crossings, development shall incorporate pedestrian “refuges,” art works, neighborhood information kiosks and/or other devices to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the zoning district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood.
C. Traffic Congestion Mitigation at I-405 Interchange and Proximate Intersections. In conjunction with satisfaction of city concurrency and traffic impact mitigation requirements, any project proponent within this zoning district shall coordinate with the city of Bothell, the Washington State Department of Transportation, Sound Transit, King County Metro Transit and other applicable agencies to identify and implement strategies for reducing congestion at and around the interchange. Such implementation shall be via construction of physical improvements proportional to the impact generated by the proposed development; contribution of funding towards such improvements; and/or other measures as deemed warranted by the Bothell public works director. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010. Formerly 12.60.025).
Norway Hill has been identified as a particularly important source of cool water for the Sammamish River, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in the Sammamish River. Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of surface water bodies such as wetlands and streams. BMC 12.14.180(C), Development on Hillsides, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of groundwater movement as it may be affected by hillside development. This section augments BMC 12.14.180(C) by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically existing on Norway Hill.
A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.
1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.
a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.
b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.
2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and
b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.
3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:
a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;
b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and
c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.
4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.
5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.
a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.080(1) and 90.46.010(10). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).
b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.
6. State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations.
B. Site and Building Design Standards.
1. General Requirements.
a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the recharging of the groundwater table.
b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements and recommendations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.
2. Impervious Surface Coverage.
a. Developments shall limit the amount of impervious surface coverage on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum coverage necessary to accommodate the development.
b. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to reduce impervious surface coverage and to reduce driveway lengths and widths.
3. Natural Foliage Retention Requirements.
a. For the purposes of this chapter, “natural foliage” shall mean naturally occurring trees, understory plants (shrubs), groundcovers and the layer of dead leaves, needles, and vegetation (forest duff) found on the ground.
b. Developments shall limit the amount of natural foliage removed on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum necessary to accommodate the development.
c. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to preserve natural foliage areas and to reduce grading limits.
4. Grading Limitations.
a. Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.
b. Grading activities shall follow existing topographic contours to the maximum extent possible.
c. Changes to preexisting ground elevations shall be minimized.
d. Use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas is preferred over graded artificial slopes. Retaining walls and high foundations on the underside of buildings shall be screened by vegetation.
5. Structure Requirements.
a. Structures and improvements shall conform to the natural contour of the slope with foundations tiered to conform to the existing topography.
b. Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 10 feet outside the building footprint area are prohibited.
c. Use of common access drives and utility corridors is required where feasible.
d. Under structure parking and multilevel structures shall be incorporated where feasible.
e. Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow the natural contours of the hillsides while maintaining consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Access shall be located in the least sensitive area feasible.
f. Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.
g. Use of pole-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.
h. Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification. Piled deck support structures are preferable for parking or garages to fill-based construction types. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.60.030).
Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Westhill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
Development in this area shall incorporate the following features, where practical:
A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart and/or shared between adjacent properties in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or exiting traffic;
B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;
C. Where possible, parking shall be located alongside or behind buildings, but not between buildings and SR-522; and
D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the visual impacts of development along SR-522. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).
The purposes of the AG agricultural zone are to preserve and protect irreplaceable and limited supplies of farmland well suited to agricultural uses by their location, geological formation and chemical and organic composition, and to encourage environmentally sound agricultural production. These purposes are accomplished by:
A. Establishing a 35-acre minimum lot size to retain parcels sized for efficient farming;
B. Allowing for uses related to agricultural production and limiting nonagricultural uses to those compatible with farming, or requiring close proximity for the support of agriculture; and
C. Allowing for residential development primarily to house farm owners, on-site agricultural employees and their respective families. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).
The purpose of this chapter is to help implement the vision for Canyon Park as provided in the adopted Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. New Construction. These development regulations, Chapter 12.48 BMC, will be used to evaluate development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundaries, including the following Canyon Park Subarea zoning classifications:
1. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – High (OR-H).
2. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (OR-M).
3. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Low (OR-L).
4. Residential Mixed-Use – High (RMU-H).
5. Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (RMU-M).
6. Employment – Medium (E-M).
7. Employment – Low (E-L).
Other zoning classifications that are within the Canyon Park Subarea, but not within the regional growth center designation, are subject to the applicable citywide regulations.
B. Additions and Improvements. Three different thresholds have been established to determine how the regulations herein are applied to such projects:
1. Level I improvements include all exterior remodels, building additions, and/or site improvements that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site and/or cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site less than 50 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. The requirement for such improvements is only that the proposed improvements meet the regulations and do not lead to further nonconformance with the regulations.
For example, if a property owner decides to replace a building façade’s siding, then the siding must meet the applicable exterior building material regulations, but elements such as building articulation would not be required.
Outdoor dining space structures of 1,000 square feet in area or less associated with existing businesses are exempt from the provisions of this chapter and do not constitute an expansion of the existing business.
2. Level II improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by 50 percent to 100 percent, within three years of the date of permit issuance. All regulations that do not involve repositioning the building or reconfiguring site development must apply to Level II improvements.
For example, if a property owner of an existing business in the RMU-M zone wants to build an addition equaling 75 percent of the current building’s footprint, then the following elements must apply:
a. The location and design of the addition/remodel must be consistent with the block frontage design regulations in Article IV of this chapter, which addresses building frontages, entries, parking lot location, and street setback landscaping. For such developments seeking additions to buildings where off-street parking location currently does not comply with applicable parking location regulations, building additions are allowed provided they do not increase any current nonconformity and generally bring the project closer into conformance with the regulations.
b. Comply with applicable through-block connection, trail, and off-street parking regulations (in Article III of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The through-block connection and trail provisions would apply where such addition is located in the immediate area of such features shown in Figure 12.48.200.
c. Comply with applicable block frontage regulations (in Article IV of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The block frontage provisions would apply when such an addition is located adjacent to a particular designated block frontage shown in Figure 12.48.305.
d. Comply with the site planning design regulations (in Article V of this chapter) associated with proposed site and building improvements.
e. Comply with the applicable building design regulations (in Article VI of this chapter), except architectural scale and materials provisions related to the existing portion of the building where no exterior changes are proposed.
f. Comply with applicable off-street parking, landscaping, and signage provisions that relate to proposed improvements.
3. Level III improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by more than 100 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. Such developments must conform to all applicable regulations, except in a case where there are multiple buildings on one site, and only one building is being enlarged. In that scenario, improvements to the additional buildings are not required, but conformance with all other regulations apply.
C. Transition Period for Proposed But Nonvested Projects Within the Canyon Park Subarea. Project proponents within the Canyon Park Subarea whose projects have not vested to the regulations in effect prior to January 1, 2021, which is the effective date of both Ordinance 2340 (2020), establishing the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, and Ordinance 2341 (2020), adopting development regulations to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, may apply for Type I, II and III actions under such prior regulations provided all of the following criteria are met:
1. Prior to adoption of Ordinance 2340 (2020), a formal pre-application meeting has been conducted with city staff and all fees for the pre-application meeting have been paid.
2. The proposed project is a qualifying land use as defined by the Planned Action Ordinance, Ordinance 2342 (2020), for the Canyon Park Subarea.
3. A complete application for such actions is submitted to and accepted by the city by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021. A Canyon Park Subarea project application which is submitted and accepted by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021, but determined by the community development director not to be complete shall not qualify for review under the prior regulations.
This subsection and the regulations established herein shall expire contemporaneously with the end of the transition period. (Ord. 2397 § 4, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Most sections within this chapter include the following elements:
A. Purpose statements, which are overarching objectives.
B. Requirements use words such as “must” and “is/are required,” signifying required actions.
C. Guidelines use words such as “should” or “is/are recommended,” signifying desired, but voluntary, measures.
D. Departures are provided for specific regulations. They allow alternative designs provided the director determines the design meets the purpose of the requirements and guidelines and other applicable criteria. See BMC 12.48.030 for related procedures associated with departures.
E. This chapter contains some specific regulations that are easily quantifiable, while others provide a level of discretion in how they are complied with. In the latter case, the applicant must demonstrate to the director, in writing, how the project meets the purpose of the standard or regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Overview and Purpose. This chapter provides for a number of specific departure opportunities to development regulations. The purpose is to provide applicants with the option of proposing alternative design treatments provided such departures meet the “purpose” of the particular regulation and any additional departure criteria established for the particular departure opportunity.
B. Applicability. Departure opportunities are available only where noted for specific regulations.
C. Procedures. Permit applications that include departure requests go through the standard review procedures in this chapter depending on the application type.
D. Approval Criteria. Project applicants must successfully demonstrate to the decision-maker how the proposed departure meets the purpose(s) of the regulation and other applicable departure criteria that apply to the specific regulation.
E. Documentation. The decision-maker must document the reasons for approving all departures (to be maintained with project application records) for the purpose of providing consistency in decision-making by the city. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where provisions of this chapter conflict with provisions in any other section of the Bothell Municipal Code (BMC), this chapter prevails unless otherwise noted. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan goals and policies through land-use regulations.
B. Provide an efficient and compatible relationship of land uses and zones. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Fig. 12.48.110. Canyon Park zoning map.


When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the community development director must make a determination as to the location of the boundary in question via application of BMC 12.04.140. (Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Table 12.48.120 below provides the list of permitted uses in Canyon Park Subarea zones. See BMC 12.06.020 for clarification of table elements.
Table 12.48.120. Uses permitted in Canyon Park Subarea zones.
Table legend: P = Permitted use C = Conditional use No letter = Use not permitted Use Categories | RMU-H | RMU-M | OR-H | OR-M | OR-L | E-M | E-L | Additional Provisions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NONRESIDENTIAL | ||||||||
Automotive, marine, and heavy equipment services | P | P | ||||||
Business or personal services use | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Eating and drinking establishments | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | All permissions exclude drive-through order restaurants. |
Education services | PX | P | P | P | P | PX | P | Applicable uses occupying 10 acres or more in land area are subject to conditional use approval in all zones. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Essential public facilities | C | C | C | C | C | C | C | Essential public facilities are subject to the development conditions in BMC 12.06.080(B). |
Government services, general | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Health and social services, except as listed below: | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Day care centers | PX | P | P | P | P | PX | P | Day care uses include child and adult day care and are subject to all state licensing requirements. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Hospital | CX | C | C | C | C | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Hotels and motels | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Manufacturing, except as listed below: | PX | PX | PX | P | P | XOperations must be conducted entirely indoors, except outdoor storage is conditionally permitted. | ||
Distribution, storage and warehousing | P | P | ||||||
Artisan manufacturing | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |
Recreation, culture and entertainment, except as listed below: | PX | P | P | P | P | Operations must be conducted entirely indoors. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Sports fields and courts | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Parks | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Swimming pools | PX | P | P | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. |
Retail uses, as listed below and based on gross floor area (GFA)/individual use: | Excludes retail uses with exterior sales and/or storage areas greater than 15,000sf GFA or occupying a greater area than the use’s building. | |||||||
<2,500sf GFA | P | P | P1 | P1 | P1 | P1 | P1 | 1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use). |
2,500 – 12,000sf GFA | P | P | P | P1 | P1 | 1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use). | ||
12,001 – 50,000sf GFA | P | P | ||||||
>50,000sf GFA | P | P | ||||||
Temporary uses | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for temporary uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
Transportation | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for transportation uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
Utilities | See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for utility uses in the GC zone. | |||||||
RESIDENTIAL | ||||||||
Note: Residential uses are not allowed on the ground floor facing a designated primary block frontage (see BMC 12.48.320(B)). Exception: Lobbies for permitted multifamily uses provided the units meet the regulations in BMC 12.48.320(B)). | ||||||||
Adult family homes | PX | P | P | P | P | Use is subject to obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 70.128 RCW. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Dwelling units, accessory | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.14.135. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Dwelling units, multifamily | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Family day care | PX | P | P | P | P | Use is subject to: • Obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 74.15 RCW. • Certification by the office of child care policy licensor that a safe passenger loading area, if necessary, is provided. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Home occupations | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.06.140(B)(8). XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Nursing homes | CX | C | C | C | C | Chapter 12.10, BMC. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Residential care facilities | PX | P | P | P | P | BMC 12.06.140(B)(12). XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Specialized senior housing | CX | C | C | C | C | Chapter 12.10 BMC. XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
Uses accessory to principal uses | PX | P | P | P | P | XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170. | ||
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To promote forms of development that reinforce and/or enhance the desired character of the Canyon Park Subarea zones.
B. Dimensional Regulations Table. The table below addresses the form and intensity of development specific to individual Canyon Park Subarea zones. The zone is located on the vertical columns and the form/intensity measure being addressed is located on the horizontal rows.
Table 12.48.130. Dimensional regulations for Canyon Park Subarea zone
Measure | RMU-H | RMU-M | OR-H | OR-M | OR-L | E-M | E-L | Additional Provisions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY AND HEIGHT | ||||||||
Minimum floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.4 | BMC 12.48.140. |
Maximum base FAR | 2.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 2 | 0.6 | 2 | 1 | BMC 12.48.140. |
Maximum FAR with incentives | There is no set maximum FAR for each zone other than those parameters set forth for the incentive provisions in BMC 12.48.150, 12.48.180, and 12.48.190. | |||||||
Maximum building height (feet) | 85X | 85X | 85X | 85X | 55 | 100 | 100 | |
X85' and no more than 7 stories. | ||||||||
Maximum hard surface coverage (%) | There is no maximum percentage standard for hard surface coverage. However, hard surface coverage will be limited by setbacks, required landscaping and open space, compliance with storm water management provisions (see City of Bothell Storm Water Design Manual), critical areas provisions (see Chapter 14.04 BMC), and market conditions, and compliance with other zoning and site design regulations in this chapter. | |||||||
(Ord. 2459 § 2 (Exh. B), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 3, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Floor area ratio (FAR) is defined as the floor area of all buildings on a lot divided by the area of that lot. Exception: The following site and floor areas are excluded from floor area ratio calculations:
1. Critical areas and required buffer areas.
2. Wetland mitigation areas.
3. Storm water ponds.
4. Above-grade structured parking facilities.
Fig. 12.48.140. Floor area ratio explained.

B. Minimum FAR Applicability.
1. Nonconforming structures in existence as of the effective date of this regulation that propose an increase in area are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section.
2. New structures proposed on parcels with existing structures are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section provided all of the following conditions are met:
a. The total FAR existing on the parcel is increased by the new structure.
b. The new structure is not part of a redevelopment project for the entire parcel.
3. Owners or developers of essential public facilities, as defined by state and local regulations, that have demonstrated the facility cannot feasibly or practicably comply with the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter shall be permitted to develop such site with a floor area that is feasible and practicable for the proposed essential public facility. In this case, said owner or developer shall sever development rights through the recording of a TDR covenant and transfer or sell those development rights in accordance with the requirements of BMC 12.48.180 in an amount equal to the difference between the proposed floor area for the essential public facility and the gross floor area that otherwise would be required pursuant to the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 2398 § 2, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. All developments creating new dwelling units or commercial space within the RMU-H, RMU-M, OR-H, and OR-M zones shall provide for affordable housing.
B. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing and linkage fees required by this section, except as expressly provided within this section.
C. Minimum Requirements.
1. At least 10 percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development shall be affordable at the following levels as defined in BMC 12.07.015:
a. Owner-occupied housing shall be affordable to moderate-income households.
b. Renter-occupied housing shall be affordable to mid-moderate-income households.
2. All developments creating rentable, climate-controlled, nonresidential floor area shall pay the city a commercial development-affordable housing linkage fee as established by the city council. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To enhance pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the subarea.
B. Dimensions. Blocks must be designed to provide publicly accessible pedestrian and/or vehicular connections at intervals no greater than indicated in Table 12.48.130 by zoning district.
C. Exceptions.
1. Developments that complete required through-block connections (delineated in Figure 12.48.200) on the subject property are exempt from these regulations.
2. Where topography, right-of-way, uses that require large site/building footprints, existing construction or physical conditions, or other geographic conditions prevent compliance or impose an unusual hardship on the applicant, the director may relax the regulations provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on the site given the constraints. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The Canyon Park Subarea Plan calls for a 500-foot buffer from the centerline of each directional roadway of Interstate 405 to prevent residential and other sensitive uses (e.g., schools, day cares) within close proximity to very heavy traffic volumes (where air pollution and health impacts are typically highest). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. The purpose of the transfer of development rights (TDR) program in the Canyon Park Subarea is to advance the goals and policies in the city’s comprehensive plan, including the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, regarding affordable housing, local employment, transit accessibility, and essential public facilities. It is also intended to help this area fulfill requirements under the Puget Sound Regional Council’s Regional Growth Centers framework for planned target densities.
B. Definitions. Where used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below in this subsection:
1. “Certificate of TDR availability” refers to a document issued by the director confirming the development rights (including, but not limited to, increased floor area) available on a sending site.
2. “Certificate of TDR receipt” refers to a document issued by the director and executed, acknowledged, and recorded by the owners of a receiving site and a sending site to document the transfer or sale of development rights from a sending site to a receiving site.
3. “Development rights” are the right of the owner of a sending site to develop building floor area on the sending site in accordance with BMC 12.48.140, expressed as gross floor area square footage.
4. “Director” means the community development director or their designee.
5. A “governmental owner” is either the state (or its agencies) or any county, municipal corporation, regional transit authority, or other governmental entity created under state law that owns a sending site.
6. “Governmental restriction” means any law, regulation, or policy governing the surplus, sale, or transfer of a governmental owner’s interests in real property.
7. “Incentive” means the increased floor area available to a receiving site through a certificate of TDR receipt used in compliance with this section.
8. “Receiving sites” are certain lots that are benefitted by a transfer of development rights from a sending site as evidenced by a certificate of TDR receipt. A sending site may also be a receiving site so long as the requirements of subsection D of this section are met.
9. “Sending sites” are those certain lots that are eligible to transfer development rights to a receiving site pursuant to this chapter.
10. “TDR covenant” is a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director that evidences a severance of development rights appurtenant to the sending site.
C. Sending Sites.
1. Land is eligible for participation in the TDR program as a sending site if included in Figure 12.48.180.C, Eligible Sending Sites, and in compliance with all criteria in subsection (C)(2) of this section.
Fig. 12.48.180.C. Eligible Sending Sites
.jpg)
2. The following criteria must also be met:
a. The development rights available on the sending site under BMC Table 12.48.130 shall not have been either:
(1) Previously sold or otherwise permanently transferred by an owner of the sending site; or
(2) Restricted or otherwise encumbered by recorded easements, deed restrictions, equitable servitudes, or similar measures.
b. The sending site shall not include improvements that exceed the maximum base FAR for the site as defined under Table 12.48.130.
c. The land shall not have been granted a reasonable use exception under BMC 14.04.140. Nothing in this subsection shall require that a reasonable use exception equal the economic value of the development credits granted under this section.
d. If the owner of an eligible sending site is a governmental owner, the city cannot deny an application for a certificate of TDR availability (under subsection F of this section) or refuse to sign a TDR covenant (under subsection G of this section) due to any governmental restriction.
e. If the sending site owner is a governmental owner, the governmental owner and the city may enter into an interlocal agreement governing the severance and/or transfer of any development rights as authorized or required by this section. The interlocal agreement may also be used to calculate development rights appurtenant to any sending site covered by the interlocal agreement and may be considered as a certificate of TDR availability for the purposes of this chapter.
D. Receiving Sites.
1. Owners of lots depicted on Figure 12.48.180.D, Eligible Receiving Sites, are eligible to apply to the city for participation in the TDR program to obtain development rights as a receiving site. All prospective receiving sites must comply with the provisions in subsection (D)(2) of this section and any other eligibility criteria that may be established by the Director from time to time.
Fig. 12.48.180.D. Eligible Receiving Sites
.jpg)
2. Except as may otherwise be provided by the incentives discussed in subsection I of this section, development of a receiving site shall remain subject to all applicable development regulations of the Bothell Municipal Code.
E. Calculating Development Rights.
1. Provided that compliance with the dimensional requirements contained in Table 12.48.130 is achieved and maintained (except in the case of a development permitted to transfer development rights pursuant to BMC 12.48.140(B)(3)), the owner of a sending site is entitled to transfer or sell development rights to the owner of a receiving site, in increments of 1,000 square feet of floor area, for each 1,000 square feet of floor area that was allowed to be developed, but was not used, in the development of the sending site. Fractional transfers of less than 1,000 square feet of floor area are not allowed.
2. Development rights available for transfer from a sending site shall be calculated as follows:
a. The total area of critical areas, required buffer areas, and wetland mitigation areas located, or proposed to be located, on the sending site shall be subtracted from the total area of land in the sending site.
b. The number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(a) of this section shall then be multiplied by the maximum base FAR for the underlying zone set forth in Table 12.48.130.
c. The net floor area associated with existing development on the sending site, or with pending applications for development on the sending site, shall then be subtracted from the number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(b) of this section, with the result being the development rights available for transfer from the sending site in increments of 1,000 square feet.
F. Certification of TDR Availability for Sending Sites.
1. Prior to the recording of a TDR covenant, or any transfer or sale of any development rights, the owner of a sending site must file an application with the city for the issuance of a certificate of TDR availability. The director shall establish the submittal requirements necessary for the application and any required application forms. If the owner of a sending site enters into an interlocal agreement with the city as provided in subsection (C)(2)(e) of this section, it shall not be required to comply with this subsection.
2. The director will verify ownership and eligibility of the sending site and will calculate the quantity of development rights available for transfer in accordance with subsection E of this section. The director’s review and issuance of a certificate of TDR availability shall be a ministerial, Type I process under Title 11 BMC.
3. The director will issue the owner of the sending site a certificate of TDR availability stating the quantity of development rights the sending site is eligible to transfer.
4. A sending site for which the city has issued a certificate of TDR availability shall be limited to development consistent with the purpose and intent of this section and with the criteria originally used as the basis for issuing the sending site a certificate of TDR availability. Failure to use the sending site in a manner consistent with the original certification may result in the city, at the discretion of the director, refusing to sign a TDR covenant.
5. The certificate of TDR availability shall terminate when whichever of the following occurs first:
a. Five years from the date of issuance;
b. When there has been a formal severance of development rights from the sending site, as evidenced by the recording of a TDR covenant on title to the sending site; or
c. When the director determines, based on the requirements set forth in this chapter, that additional development of the sending site invalidates the assumptions underpinning the certificate of TDR availability.
G. Severance of Development Rights from Sending Sites – Transfer of Development Rights to Receiving Sites.
1. To complete a severance of development rights from a sending site, the director must have previously issued a certificate of TDR availability for the sending site. So long as the owner of the sending site is in possession of a valid certificate of TDR availability, when the owner of the sending site is prepared to sever development rights from a sending site, it shall execute, and the director shall be required to execute and record in the real property records of the county where the sending site is located, a TDR covenant to sever the development rights from the sending site.
2. The TDR covenant shall indicate the development rights to be formally severed from the sending site, measured in thousands of square feet, in accordance with the restrictions of subsection (E)(1) of this section, and any restrictions conditioning the use of the development rights (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction).
3. Any receiving site obtaining a transfer of development rights shall be issued a certificate of TDR receipt by the director, which shall be signed and acknowledged by the owners of both the sending site and the receiving site. The certificate of TDR receipt shall state the quantity of development rights granted to the receiving site, any restrictions conditioning the receiving site owner’s use of the development rights granted therein (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction), and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the sending site and the receiving site are located.
4. With the consent of the director, a certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be transferred one or more times to other eligible receiving sites. The director’s consent shall be withheld only where the development rights to be transferred have been used completely by the receiving site, the prospective receiving site is ineligible as described in subsection D of this section, or where otherwise necessary to ensure compliance with this section. Any transfer of a certificate of TDR receipt shall be acknowledged by the transferor, the transferee, and the city and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the transferor and transferee receiving sites are located.
5. A building permit application submitted by the owner of a receiving site desiring to use development rights transferred under this section shall contain a statement describing the amount of transferred development rights proposed to be used, how the development rights are proposed to be used, and how the use of transferred development rights meets the city’s development standards and goals under the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
6. Applicants are not required to own or control a certificate of TDR receipt at the time of applying for a discretionary land use approval. Any vested rights to which the applicant is entitled under state law shall not be affected by the presence or absence of a certificate of TDR receipt at the time a complete application is submitted. Instead, the city shall condition any discretionary land use approval on the applicant’s receipt of all required development rights for the applicant’s project prior to the city’s issuance of any ministerial permits for the receiving site.
7. The city shall maintain a registry documenting the ownership history of all transferable development rights by serial number from when they are severed from the sending site to their use on a receiving site.
H. Sending Site Development Restrictions.
1. Upon the recording of a TDR covenant, the minimum FAR and the maximum base FAR under BMC 12.48.130 for the sending site shall be decreased by the amount development rights listed in the TDR covenant.
2. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded shall not undertake any division, subdivision, or partitioning of the sending site, whether by physical or legal process, which includes, but is not limited to, any subdivision, short subdivision, platting, binding site plan, testamentary division, or other process by which the property is divided into lots or in which title to different portions of the sending site are not held in unified ownership, unless such land division allocates development restrictions between the divided parcels of property in a manner consistent with the terms of the TDR covenant and is approved of the director in their reasonable discretion.
3. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded may elect to use some or all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site so long as the TDR covenant is formally amended or released in a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director. The director shall execute any such amendment or release requested by the owner of the sending site, so long as all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site have not been transferred or sold to another receiving site and the previously-severed development rights are needed to complete the construction of additional floor area on the sending site.
I. Receiving Site Incentives. A certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be used, subject to the limitations of this section and other requirements in the Bothell Municipal Code, as authorization to construct additional commercial and residential floor area in exceedance of the maximum base FAR allowed on the receiving site under BMC 12.48.130, up to and including the square footage of floor area represented on the certificate(s) of TDR receipt to be used. (Ord. 2461 § 4 (Exh. D), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 1, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Reserved. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Expand and enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and streetscape design that support the envisioned pedestrian-friendly mixed-use development within the subarea.
B. To emphasize a “complete streets” approach to street improvements within Canyon Park. This involves designing and operating streets to enable safe and convenient access and travel for all users including pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and people of all ages and abilities, as well as freight and motor vehicle drivers, and to foster a sense of place in the public realm with attractive design amenities.
C. Clarify the nature, extent, and location of required street improvements.
Fig. 12.48.200. Canyon Park Subarea street network, streetscape classifications, and planned through-block connections.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
New street regulations are established to enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and support the envisioned development within the subarea. Required new streets shall be built by developers as development occurs. New streets are required:
A. To complete new streets identified in Figure 12.48.200. Specific alignments for new or extended street connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
B. To help comply with maximum block requirements in BMC 12.48.160. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of three planned streetscape classifications for planned new, extended, and improved streets in the subarea. Subsections C through E of this section provide the regulations for each streetscape type.
A. Required Adjustments. Adjustments to the streetscape regulations may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
B. Design Departures. Adjustments to the streetscape classification regulations in subsections C through E of this section and the street cross-sections specified for streets internal to the Canyon Park Business Center in the Canyon Park Subarea Plan may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
C. Primary Streetscapes. Primary streetscapes are intended to function as the subarea’s primary neighborhood center streets. Figure 12.48.220.C below illustrates optional streetscape cross-sections.
Fig. 12.48.220.C. Cross-section options for primary streetscapes.


D. Highway/Arterial Streetscapes. This includes Bothell/Everett Highway (SR 527), Maltby Road (SR 524), and 228th Street SE. While these are very busy streets with considerable vehicular traffic, they are the front doorsteps of the neighborhood and will accommodate an increasing number of pedestrians as envisioned redevelopment activity occurs.
Figure 12.48.220.D illustrates the cross-section regulations for highway/arterial streets, unless otherwise directed by an adopted streetscape plan.
Fig. 12.48.220.D. Minimum required sidewalk and planting strip on highway/arterial streets.

E. Other Streetscapes. This includes all other streets within the subarea’s mixed-use zoning districts. These streets are intended to function as pedestrian-friendly streets serving a mixture of office, residential, and commercial retail uses.
Figures 12.48.220.E.1 and 12.48.220.E.2 illustrate the standard cross-section regulations for other streetscapes. Variations to these cross-sections may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
Fig. 12.48.220.E.1. Cross-section of streetscape regulations for other streetscapes when featuring a primary/storefront block frontage design.

Fig. 12.48.220.E.2. Streetscape cross-section for other streetscapes when featuring a stoop or landscaped setback.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of several “through-block connections” intended to primarily enhance pedestrian circulation in the area, while also providing an option for vehicular access to on-site parking, functioning as a design amenity to new development, and breaking up the massing of buildings on long blocks. Specific regulations:
A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed through-block connection within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such through-block connections in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement. Exception:
For uses that require large building footprints, restricted security access, or other unique requirements for restricting access, the director may approve alternatives to designated through-block connections provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on and/or around the site and the designs maximize opportunities for connectivity and contribution to a network.
B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the through-block connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
C. Accessibility. Through-block connections must be accessible to the public at all times and may take a variety of forms, depending on the block size and use mix, as specified in subsection F of this section, Through-Block Connection Types.
D. Design Departures. Adjustments to the through-block connection regulations in subsection F of this section may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design:
1. Creates a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.
2. Provides an effective transition between the shared lane or path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).
3. Functions as a design amenity to the development.
E. Cantilever Design. Buildings may project or cantilever into minimum required easement areas on building levels above the connection provided a 13-foot, six-inch vertical clearance is maintained and all other regulations are met.
F. Through-Block Connection Types. Unless otherwise noted below and elsewhere in this chapter, required through-block connections may take any of the following forms set forth in subsections (F)(1) through (F)(4) of this section. A combination of designs set forth above may be used for each connection.
1. Alley Design.
a. Applicability. The traditional alley design option is permitted on blocks featuring storefronts along at least 50 percent of the block’s perimeter frontage.
b. Twenty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way travel lane featuring asphalt, concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.1. Cross-section of minimum regulations for an alley.

2. Woonerf Design.
a. Applicability. The “woonerf,” or shared lane, may apply to any through-block connection within the subarea.
b. Forty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way shared travel lane featuring concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material. Asphalt is prohibited.
d. Ten-foot minimum landscaping strips with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040 on each side of the shared lane. Curbs and/or raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.
e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 20 feet is required for the shared travel lane.
f. Woonerf design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.
Figure 12.48.230.F.2 illustrates the cross-section for minimum regulations for the woonerf design.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.2. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection.

Figure 12.48.230.F.2.a illustrates regulations for scenarios where a through-block connection is located on the edge of a site, where its development likely will be phased in as the adjacent properties redevelop.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.2.a. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection when developed along the edge of development site.

The top image illustrates a scenario where a new development includes a required access corridor on the edge of the development site abutting an existing development. In this scenario, a minimum 20-foot easement must be required and include a shared lane. The shared lane must be designed to allow a future connection to the adjacent site.
The bottom image illustrates a second phase where the adjacent property is redeveloped. An additional 20-foot easement will be required plus a connection must be added (where necessary to provide access for on-site parking), but the remaining area must be landscaped with Type III landscaping (see BMC 12.18.040).
3. Landscaped Passageway Design.
a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site.
b. Thirty-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Eight- to 16-foot walking path. Eight- to 10-foot paths are appropriate in a residential context, whereas the wider path is more desirable for active ground level uses with outdoor seating/dining areas.
d. Seven- to 11-foot minimum landscaping strips (with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040) on each side of the walking path. Raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.
e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 15 feet is required for the subject walking path and landscaping. Adjustments to the walking path and landscaping widths and configurations are allowed provided the design effectively balances the following objectives:
(1) Create a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.
(2) Provide an effective transition between the walking path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).
(3) Function as a design amenity to the development.
f. Landscaped passageway design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.3. Cross-section of minimum regulations and examples of a pedestrian access corridor.


4. Urban Passage Design.
a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site and active ground level uses are provided along frontages.
b. Sixteen-foot minimum public access easement.
c. Urban passage design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.360.
Fig. 12.48.230.F.4. Urban passage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of existing and planned trails to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. Specific regulations:
A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed trail within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such trail in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement.
B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the trail will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.
C. Accessibility. Trails must be accessible to the public at all times.
D. Design. Trails must be designed appropriate to the physical context of the site and development to accommodate anticipated use. The following documents provide guidance and/or standards to the design trails in Canyon Park:
1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.
2. Parks, Recreation and Open Space (PROS) Plan.
3. Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Repealed by Ord. 2461. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Achieve the envisioned character of Canyon Park Subarea as set forth in the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.
B. Enhance pedestrian environments by emphasizing activated ground-level block frontage designs for commercial, mixed-use, and multifamily developments.
C. Minimize potential negative impacts of off-street parking facilities on the streetscape in strategic areas.
D. Promote good visibility between buildings and the street for security for pedestrians and to create a more welcoming and interesting streetscape.
Table 12.48.300. Summary of key block frontage types.
Permitted Frontage | Details | |
|---|---|---|
Primary | ![]() | • No new ground-level parking adjacent to the street. • Special transparency, weather protection, and entry requirements. • Minimum commercial space height and depth. • No ground-floor residential uses except for live/work units on select storefront-designated blocks where the storefront space meets height and depth regulations. |
Secondary | ![]() Storefront or landscape frontages allowed | • Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street. • Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas. • Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. |
Gateway | ![]() Storefront or landscape frontages allowed | • Emphasizes “secondary” block frontage regulations for buildings at intersections, but emphasizes the “undesignated” block frontage regulations between intersections to allow greater flexibility. |
Undesignated | ![]() Storefronts are optional in mixed-use zones, otherwise frontages with landscaped setbacks are emphasized | • Flexible parking lot location regulations. • Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas. • Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Application of Map and Block Frontage Regulations. New developments fronting on all streets in the Canyon Park Subarea are subject to applicable regulations in this article based on the block frontage designation of the street.
B. Clarifying the Differences Between the Block Frontage Designation Map and the Streetscape Designation Map in Figure 12.48.200. Block frontage designations and regulations apply to development frontages, which include the building and associated site development that occurs within the property boundary. The streetscape designations and regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.220 regulate the design of sidewalks and planting strips along streets.
C. Sites with Proposed New Primary or Secondary Block Frontage Designations. New development must integrate no less than 75 percent of the length of applicable primary and/or secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305. The alignment of primary and secondary block frontages may be adjusted during the development review process provided the configuration meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. For example, if a site includes approximately 100 lineal feet of a primary designated block frontage and 200 lineal feet of secondary block frontage, the new development must integrate at least 75 lineal feet of primary block frontage compliant development and at least 150 lineal feet of secondary block frontage compliant development. Developments may exceed the amount of primary and secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305.
Fig. 12.48.305. Canyon Park block frontage designations map.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Some block frontage designations contain distinct minimum façade transparency regulations. The purpose of these regulations is to maintain “eyes on the street” for safety and create welcoming pedestrian environments. Table 12.48.310 below includes details in how they are measured.
Table 12.48.310. Transparency regulations.
Transparency Area | ||
Storefront ![]() The transparency area is on the ground floor between 30" and 10' above sidewalk grade | Ground-floor nonresidential and nonstorefront ![]() The transparency area is between 30" and 8' above grade | Residential buildings and residential portions of mixed-use buildings ![]() All vertical surfaces of the façade are used in the calculations |
Other Transparency Provisions | ||
Windows must be transparent Ground-level window area for storefronts and other nonresidential uses that is covered, frosted, or perforated in any manner that obscures visibility into the building must not count as transparent window area. Perforated signs are allowed provided they meet applicable window sign regulations in Chapter 12.22 BMC. Also, mirrored glass and highly reflective or darkly tinted windows must not be counted as transparent windows. | ![]() Covered windows | ![]() Perforated sign |
Display windows and parking garages Display windows may be used for up to 25% of nonresidential transparency requirements (except for ground-level storefront-designated block frontages) provided they are at least 30" deep to allow changeable displays and the interior wall is nonstructural so it can be removed if the windows are not used for display. Tack-on display cases as shown in the far right example do not qualify as transparent window area. For parking garages (where allowed by block frontage regulations), the left image illustrates how such a structure can meet (and not meet) the applicable transparency regulations. | ![]() Integrated display windows | ![]() Tack-on display cases |
![]() Parking garage with window openings | ![]() Parking garage without window openings | |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Primary block frontages are the most vibrant and active shopping and dining areas within the subarea. Blocks designated as primary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) include continuous storefronts placed along the sidewalk edge with small scale shops and many business entries.
Fig. 12.48.320.A. Primary block frontage vision and key regulations.

B. Regulations. All development on sites with a primary block frontage designation must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B below:
Table 12.48.320.B. Primary block frontage regulations.
The ➲ symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria. | ||
|---|---|---|
Element | Regulation | Additional Provisions and Examples |
Ground-level | ||
Land use | Table 12.48.120 sets forth the basic permitted uses in subarea zoning districts. However, only those uses listed below are permitted on the ground level on primary block frontages: • Personal services use. • Eating and drinking establishment. • Artisan manufacturing. • Recreation, culture and entertainment. • Retail uses. | Lobbies and accessory uses associated with upper-floor hotel/motel, business service, and multifamily residential uses are allowed provided they are limited to 33% of all primary block frontages (measured separately for each block). |
Floor to ceiling height | 14' minimum (applies to new buildings only). | Applies to the minimum retail space depth. |
Retail space depth | 30' minimum. ➲ | |
Building placement | Buildings must be placed at the back edge of the required sidewalk. Additional setbacks are allowed for a widened sidewalk or publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)). | ![]() Corner storefront building example. |
Building entrances | Primary building entrances must face the street. For corner buildings, primary entrances for ground-level building corner uses may face either street or the street corner. | |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | At least 70% of the transparency area. ➲ | |
Weather protection | Weather protection over the sidewalk is required along at least 75% of the storefront façade, and it must be a minimum of 5' average depth and have 8' minimum vertical clearance. ➲ Weather protection must not interfere with street trees, street lights, street signs, or extend beyond the edge of the sidewalk. | ![]() |
Parking location | New ground-level (surface or structured) parking adjacent to the street is prohibited. Parking may be placed below, above, and/or behind storefronts. ➲ | |
C. Departure Criteria. Departures from the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B that feature the ➲ symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:
1. Retail Space Depth. Reduced depths of up to 25 percent of the applicable block frontage will be considered where the applicant can successfully demonstrate the proposed alternative design and configuration of the space are viable for a variety of permitted retail uses.
2. Façade Transparency. Departures for façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced to a minimum of 40 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.
3. Weather Protection. The reduced extent (to no less than 50 percent of block frontages) or width of weather protection features (to no less than four feet in width) will be considered provided the designs are proportional to architectural features of the building and building design tradeoffs (elements that clearly go beyond minimum building design regulations in this chapter) meet the purpose of the regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Secondary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) allow flexibility to integrate either a storefront or a stoop/landscaped frontage in a pedestrian-friendly configuration.
Fig. 12.48.330.A. Secondary frontage vision.

B. Regulations. Developments or portions thereof choosing to integrate a storefront design must conform to primary block frontage regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.320. Other frontage designs must meet the regulations set forth in Table 12.48.330.B below:
Table 12.48.330.B. Secondary block frontage regulations (when utilizing nonstorefront designs).
The ➲ symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria. | ||
|---|---|---|
Regulation | Additional Provisions and Examples | Additional Provisions and Examples |
Ground-level | ||
Land use | Table 12.48.120 sets forth permitted land uses. | |
Building placement | 10' minimum setbacks are required. ➲ | |
Building entrances | Building entries must face the street or a publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)) that is adjacent to the street. | |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | Transparent windows must be provided along at least 15% of the entire building façade, plus: • Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 10' of sidewalk must feature at least 40% transparency within the transparency area. ➲ • Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 20' of sidewalk must feature at least 25% transparency within the transparency area. ➲ | ![]() Landscaped frontage example meeting setback, entry, weather protection, and transparency regulations. |
Weather protection | Weather protection at least 3' deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least 5' deep for shared residential, commercial, and professional office entries. | |
Parking location | Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street. Where parking is integrated at or near the ground level, it must be set back and completely screened by landscaped berms (upper right example). The lower right example illustrates a prohibited design. | ![]() ![]() |
Landscaping | All areas between the sidewalk and the building must be landscaped, except for pathways, porches, decks, and other areas meeting the definition of publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)). Landscaped areas must contain Type I, II, or IV landscaping (as defined in BMC 12.18.040) and may incorporate rain gardens and other forms of storm water management. | ![]() |
C. Departure Criteria. Departures to the secondary block frontage regulations in Table 12.48.330.B that feature the ➲ symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:
1. Building Placement. Reduced setbacks (down to a minimum of eight feet) will be considered where the ground floor is elevated a minimum average of 30 inches (required when the ground-floor setback is less than 10 feet) and design treatments that create an effective transition between the public and private realm. For example, a stoop design or other similar treatments that utilize a low fence or retaining wall, and/or hedge along the sidewalk, may provide an effective transition (see Figure 12.48.330.C for examples).
2. Façade Transparency. Façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced from the minimum by 50 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.
Fig. 12.48.330.C. Acceptable examples of possible setback departures.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To enhance the appearance of Canyon Park’s highways and arterials, particularly at gateway intersections.
B. Regulations. Gateway block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) adjacent to intersections are subject to secondary block frontage regulations (e.g., buildings must be placed at or near the street corner and the portion of the building fronting a gateway-designated block frontage must comply with secondary block frontage regulations). The portion of gateway-designated block frontages that are in between the buildings located at intersections is subject to undesignated block frontage regulations.
Fig. 12.48.340. Gateway block frontage design example.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. Undesignated block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) should provide visual interest at all observable scales and meet the design objectives for the subarea.
B. Applicability. All undesignated block frontages that are not designated are subject to the regulations of this section. These block frontages are provided greater flexibility with regard to the design of development frontages.
These block frontages include a combination of side streets (where most uses often front on other adjacent streets), business park streets, or other streets where greater flexibility in the frontage regulations is desired. While there is greater flexibility in the amount of transparency of façades and the location of surface and structured parking, design parameters are included to ensure that landscaping and other design elements help to mitigate the potential impacts of parking lots and blank walls along these streets.
Departures will be considered pursuant to BMC 12.48.030.
C. Regulations. Undesignated block frontages must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.350.C below.
Table 12.48.350.C. Undesignated block frontage regulations.
Element | Regulations |
|---|---|
Building placement | Buildings may be placed up to the sidewalk edge within mixed-use districts provided they meet primary block regulations in BMC 12.48.330 (this includes regulations for ground level, building placement, building entrances, façade transparency, and weather protection elements). Otherwise, buildings must be placed at least 15' behind the sidewalk. |
Building entrances | Building entrances facing the street are encouraged. At a minimum, at least one building entry visible and directly accessible from the street is required. Where buildings are set back from the street, pedestrian connections are required from the sidewalk. |
Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310) | For buildings within 50' of a sidewalk, at least 10% of the entire façade must be transparent. ➲ |
Weather protection | At least 3' deep over primary business and residential entries and at least 5' deep for shared entries for office and multifamily buildings. |
Parking location and vehicle access | There are no parking lot location restrictions, except for required landscaping buffers in BMC 12.18.090. |
Landscaping | • The area between the street and any nonstorefront building must be landscaped and/or private porch or patio space. • See Chapter 12.18 BMC for other landscaping regulations. |
(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with woonerf and landscaped passageway designs as set forth in BMC 12.48.230. Exception: Those through-block connections with other applied block frontage designations.
B. Purpose. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage regulations provide eyes-on-the-pathway to create a safe and welcoming through-block connection while preserving the privacy of any adjacent ground-level residential units.
C. Regulations.
1. Building elevations facing a woonerf or landscaped passageway through-block connection must feature at least 10 percent window transparency. ➲
2. Where ground-level residential uses are within five feet of a shared lane or pathway, at least one of the following design features must be integrated to enhance the safety and privacy of adjacent residential units:
a. Windows must be placed at least six vertical feet above the access corridor.
b. A combination of landscaping, planter walls, and/or elevated ground floor (at least one foot above access corridor grade) that meets the purpose of the regulations.
3. Where nonresidential ground-level uses abut an access corridor, at least 25 percent of the applicable building elevation between four and eight feet above the ground-floor surface elevation must be transparent. ➲
4. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Exception: For residential uses, weather protection is required only for the unit’s primary entrance.
Fig. 12.48.355.B. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with urban passage designs.
B. Purpose. To promote the development of pedestrian-friendly passages lined with active uses.
C. Regulations.
1. Dwelling units and surface/ground-level parking directly adjacent to an urban passage are prohibited (lobbies and common/amenity areas, however, are allowed).
2. Ground-level building elevations facing an urban passage through-block connection must feature at least 40 percent window transparency (applied to storefront transparency area per BMC 12.48.310). ➲
3. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Recessed entries are encouraged.
Fig. 12.48.360. Urban passage frontage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where a property fronts onto more than one street, each building frontage must comply with the regulations for the block frontage upon which it fronts, with the following clarifications:
A. Where a conflict exists between frontage regulations, the director will apply the regulations of a block frontage pursuant to the following order of preference:
1. Primary;
2. Secondary; then
3. Undesignated.
Subsections B and C of this section clarify how the order of preference works for particular frontage elements.
B. Entrances. For corner sites, entrances on both streets are encouraged, but only one entrance is required. For corner sites with frontage on a primary block frontage on one side, an entrance must be placed on the primary block frontage side or facing the corner. For corner sites with a mix of designations that do not include a primary block frontage, the entry must be placed on the order of preference identified above.
Departures may be considered provided the location and design of the entry and block frontage treatments are compatible with the character of the area and enhance the character of the street.
C. Transparency. For corner sites, at least one block frontage must meet the applicable transparency regulations (based on the order of preference above). For the second block frontage, the director may approve a reduction in the minimum amount of transparency by 50 percent. For street corners with the same designations on both frontages, buildings must employ the full transparency on the dominant frontage (based on the frontage width or established neighborhood pattern). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Where an individual property has a frontage with multiple block frontage designations, the following regulations apply:
A. Primary and Any Other Block Frontage Designation. Primary block frontage designation applies.
B. Secondary and Undesignated Block Frontage Designation. Secondary block frontage designation applies. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Description – Purpose. The high visibility street corner requirements apply to those sites designated as such on Figure 12.48.305. The purpose is to accentuate designated street corners with high visibility to the public.
B. Regulations. At least one of the following special features must be included (Figure 12.48.390.B below illustrates acceptable examples):
1. Corner plaza.
2. Cropped building corner with a special entry feature.
3. Decorative use of building materials at the corner.
4. Distinctive façade massing or articulation.
5. Sculptural architectural element.
6. Other decorative elements that meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.390.B. Acceptable high visibility street corner examples.


(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
The purpose of this article is to:
A. Promote thoughtful layout of buildings, parking areas, and circulation, service, landscaping, and amenity elements.
B. Enhance Canyon Park’s visual character.
C. Promote compatibility between developments and uses.
D. Integrate usable open space into new developments.
E. Enhance the function and resilience of developments. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To promote the functional and visual compatibility between developments, particularly between zones of different intensity.
2. To protect the privacy of residents on adjacent properties.
B. Side and Rear Setback Regulations. Table 12.48.130 sets forth a range of minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in all subarea zones between zero and 15 feet. The provisions below clarify specific setback requirements:
1. Zero side- and rear-yard setbacks are allowed where developments integrated windowless firewalls that meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D).
Table 12.48.410.B. Minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in the subarea.
Min. Setback | Applicability/Standard |
|---|---|
0' | For windowless firewalls. All firewalls must meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D). |
5' | Minimum setback except: • Where zero setbacks are allowed (windowless firewalls as described above). • Where setbacks greater than 5' are required per provisions below. |
15' – 20' | When required per subsection D of this section for light and air access and privacy along side and rear property lines. |
C. Special Setback/Building Height Regulations for Sites Abutting Residential Zones. For sites abutting a residential zoning district (not including combination zones) located outside of the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundary, the following standards apply:
1. Landscaped Buffer. A minimum 15-foot-wide buffer featuring Type I landscaping as set forth in BMC 12.18.040 on the portion of the site abutting the applicable residential zone.
2. Setbacks. A minimum 15-foot building setback is required in applicable residential zones.
3. Building Height Restrictions. From the required 15-foot setback, the maximum allowable building height increases at a 45-degree angle inward up to the maximum height of the applicable subarea zoning district.
Fig. 12.48.410.C. Illustrating minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks to an abutting residential zoning district.

D. Light and Air Access and Privacy Near Interior Side and Rear Property Lines. Buildings or portions thereof containing multifamily dwelling units whose only solar access (windows) is from the applicable side or rear of the building (facing towards the side or rear property line) must be set back from the applicable side or rear property lines at least 15 feet. See Figure 12.48.410.D. For such building elevations taller than four stories, floors above the fourth floor must be set back at least 20 feet from the applicable side or rear property lines. Note: These regulations do not apply to side or rear property lines where adjacent to a street, access corridor, or easement where no building may be developed.
Departures will be allowed where it is determined that the proposed design will not create a compatibility problem in the near and long term based on the unique site context.
Fig. 12.48.410.D. Light/air access and privacy regulations for multifamily residential buildings along side and rear property lines.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To create usable space that is suitable for leisure or recreational activities for residents.
2. To create outdoor space that contributes to the residential setting.
3. To provide plazas that attract shoppers to commercial areas.
4. To provide plazas and other pedestrian-oriented spaces in commercial areas that enhance the employees’ and public’s opportunity for active and passive activities, such as dining, resting, people watching, and recreational activities.
5. To enhance the development character and attractiveness of commercial development.
B. Regulations.
1. All multifamily development, including multifamily portions of mixed-use development, must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to 20 percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas.
2. All nonresidential development must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to eight percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas. Developments featuring less than 2,500 square feet of net floor area (if mixed-use, this includes residential and nonresidential development) are exempt from this requirement.
3. Table 12.48.420 illustrates the types of on-site outdoor spaces that may be used to meet the requirements in subsections (B)(1) and (B)(2) of this section.
Table 12.48.420. Usable outdoor space types.
Usable outdoor space type | Percentage of required outdoor space | Cross-reference to applicable design regulations |
|---|---|---|
Publicly accessible outdoor space | 50 – 100% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(1) |
Common outdoor space | Up to 40% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(2) |
Balconies and other private outdoor space | Up to 20% | BMC 12.48.420(C)(4) |
4. Large Multi-Phase Developments Under Single Ownership. Each phase of development must meet the minimum usable on-site outdoor space requirements herein. Developments have the option to integrate a surplus of usable on-site outdoor space in early phases and apply the surplus space towards meeting the requirements for subsequent phases, provided all applicable regulations are met.
5. Fee-in-Lieu Option.
a. The following developments qualify for a fee in lieu of usable on-site outdoor space requirements:
(1) The first 1,000 square feet of required public space may be covered up to 100 percent by an in-lieu fee.
(2) Public space requirements between 1,000 and 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 50 percent by an in-lieu fee; provided, that any on-site public space is a usable area of at least 500 square feet.
(3) Public space requirements over 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 10 percent by an in-lieu fee.
(4) Essential public facilities featuring 5,000 square feet or more of gross floor area. Such developments may qualify to pay a fee-in-lieu for up to 50 percent of the required usable outdoor space.
b. In-lieu fees will be based on the assessed land value at the time of application plus development costs, which will be included in the city of Bothell fee schedule and subject to annual adjustment based on the Construction Price Index and updates approved by city council.
c. Public space in-lieu fees may be used to create, enhance and/or activate public space, including street rights-of-way, in the Canyon Park Subarea, as determined by the director in coordination with other departments.
d. Any public open space improvements and/or any in-lieu fee paid under this provision must be separate from and cannot be utilized as a credit for or otherwise offset park and open space impact fees.
e. A developer may transfer required public space to a development within the Canyon Park Subarea and within one-half mile. Transfers to be completed at a later time shall be accompanied by an agreement to pay an in-lieu fee should the future development not transpire.
C. Minimum Usable On-Site Outdoor Space Design Regulations.
1. Publicly accessible outdoor space shall be provided per the following regulations. Design departures may be granted that demonstrate compliance with the purpose for on-site outdoor space in subsection A of this section.
a. Regulations.
(1) The space must abut a public sidewalk or other major internal pedestrian route and be designed to function as a focal point and gathering spot.
(2) The space must be ADA compliant and generally level with the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route. Steps, ramps and grade changes may be acceptable provided the outdoor space is designed to be visually and physically accessible from the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route and the space meets all other regulations herein.
(3) The space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Exception: Portions of sidewalk area widened beyond minimum regulations may qualify as publicly accessible outdoor space provided storefronts abut the sidewalk.
(4) The space must be publicly accessible from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
(5) Large spaces (greater than 5,000 square feet) must be designed to be multi-functional to accommodate a variety of uses and activities.
(6) The space must be framed on at least two sides by buildings that are oriented towards the space (via entries and generous façade transparency). Alternatives will be considered for unique configurations or designs that meet the purpose of the regulations.
(7) Paved walking surfaces of either concrete or approved unit paving are required. Form-in-place pervious concrete paving is allowed.
(8) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, pedestrian amenities must be integrated into the space. Examples include site furniture, artwork, drinking fountains, shade structures, kiosks, or other similar features that complement the space and encourage use of the space by a variety of users.
(9) Lighting is required and integral to the design of the space for (A) safety and security, (B) intended activities or events, and (C) creating a distinct and inviting atmosphere. Lighting must conform to BMC 12.14.240.
(10) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, at least one individual seat per 60 square feet of plaza area or open space is required. At least 50 percent of the required seating must be built-in seating elements, while provisions for moveable seating may be used for the remaining percentage. Two feet of seating area on a bench or ledge at least 16 inches deep at an appropriate seating height qualifies as an individual seat. Reductions of up to 50 percent will be allowed for the integration of specialized open spaces that meet the purpose of regulations herein.
(11) Landscaping components that add visual interest and do not act as a visual barrier. This could include trees, planting beds, raised planters, and/or potted plants, or both.
(12) Permanent weather protection along at least 50 percent of building edges (associated with nonresidential uses) at least six feet deep with horizontal clearance between eight and 15 feet.
(13) The space must be proportional to the intended function and adjacent uses. For example, such spaces should not look or feel empty, barren, or too big when not in use.
(14) The space must include design elements that appeal to the senses. Examples include the sound of water, the smell of plants, and/or the heat of fire. Sensory experiences may vary with the season, with water being present in the summer and a fire lit in the winter.
(15) Storm water management elements and LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the required space. Where multiple publicly accessible open spaces are included within a development, this standard applies to all such space combined, to allow flexibility in the design of individual spaces.
(16) Rules of conduct similar to those for public parks may be posted.
b. Features prohibited within a publicly accessible outdoor space:
(1) Large expanses of uninterrupted paving or paving without pattern.
(2) Service and utility areas or venting of mechanical systems.
(3) Long, narrow space with limited access.
(4) Space providing vehicular access. Exception: Woonerf style shared-access lanes may be allowed (counted at 50 percent discount) provided through traffic is minimal and the design of the access feature is well-integrated into the design of the larger space.
(5) Asphalt paving.
(6) Adjacent chain-link fences.
(7) Adjacent “blank walls” without “blank wall treatment” (BMC 12.48.540).
(8) Outdoor storage.
2. Common Outdoor Space. Common outdoor space refers to spaces that are internal to a development and accessible to all tenants of a development, but may not be accessible to the general public. Exception: For mixed-use buildings with commercial and residential uses, the common outdoor spaces only need to be accessible to all dwelling units within the building. Common outdoor spaces can include landscaped courtyards or decks, entrance plazas, gardens with pathways, children’s play areas, pools, and water features. Accessible areas with native vegetation and areas used for storm water retention, infiltration, or other multipurpose recreational and/or green spaces that meet the design criteria herein may qualify as common outdoor space.
Common outdoor space design regulations and guidelines:
a. Common outdoor space must be located in centralized areas that are visible from tenants within the development.
b. Required setback areas must not count as common outdoor space unless the design of the space meets the regulations herein.
c. Common outdoor space must feature paths or walkable lawns, landscaping, seating, lighting, and play structures, sports courts, or other pedestrian amenities to make the area more functional and enjoyable for a range of users.
d. Common outdoor space must be separated from ground-level windows, streets, service areas and parking lots with landscaping, fencing, and/or other acceptable treatments that enhance safety and privacy for both the shared open space and dwelling units.
e. When possible, the space should be oriented to receive sunlight, facing east, west or preferably south. Provisions for shade, however, must also be integrated in spaces that will be exposed to extensive sunlight.
f. Stairways and service elements located within or on the edge of common outdoor space must not be included in the open space calculations.
g. Shared porches may qualify as common outdoor space, provided they are at least eight feet in depth and 96 square feet in total area.
h. The space must be accessible to all residents of the development.
i. LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the common outdoor space.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.2. Usable outdoor space types.

j. Common outdoor space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Wider minimum dimensions are required perpendicular to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall. Specifically:
(1) Twenty feet minimum for such elevations up to three stories tall.
(2) Twenty-five feet minimum for such elevations four stories tall.
(3) Thirty feet minimum for such elevations five or more stories tall.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.2.j. Common outdoor space – minimum widths when adjacent to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall.

3. Common Roof Deck. Such spaces may qualify as common outdoor space provided they meet the following requirements:
a. Space must feature hard surfacing and integrate amenities such as seating areas and other features that encourage use.
b. Space must integrate landscaping elements that enhance the character of the space and encourage its use.
c. Space must incorporate features that provide for the safety of residents, such as enclosures, railings, and appropriate lighting levels.
d. Space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.3. Rooftop deck examples.

4. Balcony Design Requirements. Such spaces must have minimum dimensions of six feet and contain at least 48 square feet of area (not including railings) to provide a space usable for human activity.
Fig. 12.48.420.C.4. Balcony examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To improve the pedestrian and bicycling environment by making it easier, safer, and more comfortable to walk or ride among businesses, residences, to streets and sidewalks, to transit stops, and connections throughout the city.
2. To enhance access to on- and off-site open space areas and pedestrian/bicycle paths.
B. Access to Sidewalk. All buildings must feature pedestrian connections to a sidewalk per applicable block frontage regulations in Article IV of this chapter.
C. Internal Circulation.
1. For sites with multiple buildings, pedestrian paths connecting businesses and residential entries on the same development site must be provided. Routes that minimize walking distances must be utilized to the extent practical.
Departures will be allowed where steep slopes prevent a direct connection or where an indirect route would enhance the design and/or use of a publicly accessible outdoor space or a common outdoor space.
2. Sites with Residential Units. Provide direct pedestrian access between all ground-related unit entries and a public street or to a clearly marked pathway network or open space that has direct access to a public street. Residential developments must provide a pedestrian circulation network that connects all main entrances on the site to other areas of the site, such as:
a. Parking areas.
b. Recreational areas.
c. Common outdoor spaces.
d. Any pedestrian amenities.
For townhouses or other residential units fronting the street, the sidewalk may be used to meet this standard. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To minimize adverse visual, odor, and noise impacts of mechanical equipment, utility cabinets and service areas at ground and roof levels.
2. To provide adequate, durable, well-maintained, and accessible service and equipment areas.
3. To protect residential uses and adjacent properties from impacts due to location and utilization of service areas.
B. Location of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service areas (loading docks, trash dumpsters, compactors, recycling areas, electrical panels, and mechanical equipment areas) must be located for convenient service access while avoiding negative visual, auditory, olfactory, or physical impacts on the streetscape environment, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, uses within the development, and adjacent residentially zoned properties. Specifically:
1. Dumpsters must be set back a minimum of five feet from side property lines, 10 feet from rear property lines and 10 feet from front property lines; or be located to minimize visibility from any street, pedestrian walkway, or public park. Where the director finds that the only option for locating a service area is an area visible from a street, internal pathway or pedestrian area, or from an adjacent property, the area must be screened with structural and/or landscaping screening measures provided in subsection C of this section.
2. Dumpster storage areas must be sized to accommodate the minimum dumpster sizes (as required by the applicable utility provider) for garbage, recycling, and composting.
C. Screening of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service elements are encouraged to be integrated within the structure. Where they are not provided within the structure, the following regulations apply:
1. Where screening of ground-level service areas is required, the following applies:
a. A structural enclosure must be constructed of masonry, architectural concrete, heavy-gauge metal, or decay-resistant material that is also used with the architecture of the main building. The director may allow materials other than those used for the main building if the finishes are similar in color and texture or if the proposed enclosure materials are more durable than those for the main structure. The walls must be sufficient to provide full screening from the affected roadway, pedestrian areas or adjacent use. The enclosure may use overlapping walls to screen dumpsters and other materials.
b. Gates must be made of heavy-gauge, sight-obscuring material. Chain link or chain link with slats is not an acceptable material for enclosures or gates.
c. Where the interior of a service enclosure is visible from surrounding buildings, an opaque or semi-opaque horizontal cover or screen must be used to mitigate unsightly views. The horizontal screen/cover should be integrated into the enclosure design (in terms of materials and/or design). See Figure 12.48.440.C for examples.
d. Collection points must be located and configured so that the enclosure gate swing does not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or does not require that a hauling truck project into any public right-of-way. Ensure that screening elements allow for efficient service delivery and removal operations.
e. The service area must be paved.
Fig. 12.48.440.C. Service enclosure screening examples.

2. The sides and rear of service enclosures must be screened with landscaping at least five feet wide in locations visible from the street, parking lots, and pathways to soften views of the screening element and add visual interest.
Departures to the provisions of subsections (C)(1) and (C)(2) of this section will be considered provided the enclosure and landscaping treatment meet the purpose of the regulations and add visual interest to site users.
3. Where loading docks are sited along block frontages (only allowed when no other reasonable options are available as determined by the director), they must be designed to minimize impacts on the pedestrian environment. Regulations:
a. Configure loading docks/bays to minimize their frontage length along blocks.
b. Integrate architectural and/or landscaping design features to screen loading dock elements and add visual interest to pedestrians along adjacent sidewalks. See blank wall provisions of BMC 12.48.540 for regulations and examples.
D. Utility Meters, Electrical Conduit, and Other Service Utility Apparatus. These elements must be located and/or designed to minimize their visibility to the public. Project designers are strongly encouraged to coordinate with applicable service providers early in the design process to determine the best approach in meeting these regulations. If such elements are mounted in a location visible from the street, pedestrian pathway, shared open space, or shared auto courtyards, they must be screened with vegetation and/or integrated into the building’s architecture.
Fig. 12.48.440.D. Utility meter location and screening – good and bad examples.

E. Location and Screening of Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment.
1. All rooftop mechanical equipment, including air conditioners, heaters, vents, and similar equipment, must be effectively integrated (from a design standpoint) or screened from public view both at grade and from nearby higher buildings with the exception of solar panels and roof-mounted wind turbines. Screening must be located so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment.
2. Rooftop mechanical equipment and associated screening features must be set back from the exterior building walls by at least 10 feet. Exceptions may be made where the screening element is designed to help meet one or more building design regulations in this article.
3. For rooftop equipment, all screening devices must be well integrated into the architectural design through such elements as parapet walls, false roofs, roof wells, clerestories, or equipment rooms. Screening walls or unit-mounted screening is allowed but less desirable. Wood must not be used for screens or enclosures. Louvered designs are acceptable if consistent with building design style. Perforated metal is not permitted.
4. The screening materials must be of material requiring minimal maintenance and must be as high as the equipment being screened.
5. Locate and/or shield noise-producing mechanical equipment such as fans, heat pumps, etc., to minimize sounds and reduce impacts to adjacent properties.
Also see BMC 12.48.520(D) for design provisions for flat rooftops.
Fig. 12.48.440.E. Examples of how to screen roof-mounted mechanical equipment.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
This article provides direction for the design of buildings consistent with the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. See the individual “purpose” statements for each section in this chapter. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose. To employ façade articulation techniques that reduce the perceived scale of large buildings and add visual interest from all observable scales.
B. Façade Articulation. All applicable buildings must include façade articulation features at maximum specified intervals to create a human-scaled pattern. These regulations apply to building elevations facing streets (public and private), parks, and through-block connections (except alley designs).
1. Maximum Façade Articulation Intervals.
a. Residential elevations: the width of the dwelling units inside the building (e.g., if the units are 25 feet wide, the façade articulation must be 25 feet wide). This includes residential portions of mixed-use buildings.
b. Storefronts: 30 feet. This refers to all ground-level elevations along primary-designated block frontages.
c. Other ground-level elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 40 feet.
d. Office buildings and other upper-level nonresidential elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 60 feet.
e. Building elevations in the Employment zones: 60 feet.
2. Articulation Features. At least three of the following articulation features must be employed for all buildings in compliance with the maximum specified façade articulation intervals. Exception: Office buildings/floors and all buildings in the Employment zones must include at least two articulation features.
a. Use of a window-fenestration pattern.
b. Use of weather protection features.
c. Use of vertical piers/columns (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).
d. Change in roofline per subsection D of this section.
e. Change in building material and/or siding style (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).
f. Vertical elements such as a trellis with plants, green wall, art element that meet the purpose of the standard.
g. Providing vertical building modulation of at least 12 inches in depth if tied to a change in roofline per subsection D of this section or a change in building material, siding style, or color. Balconies may be used to qualify for this option if they are recessed or projected from the façade by at least 18 inches.
h. Other design techniques that effectively reinforce a pattern of articulated façades compatible with the building’s surrounding context.
Departures will be considered provided they meet the purpose of the regulations and the design criteria below. For example, a departure may propose a design with only two articulation features instead of three and/or the articulation features exceed the maximum articulation interval.
Fig. 12.48.510.B.2. Façade articulation examples.


3. Departure Criteria Associated with Articulation Regulations. Proposals must meet the purpose of the regulations. The following criteria will be considered in determining whether the proposed articulation treatment meets the purpose:
a. Consider the type and width of the proposed articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s current and desired context (per Canyon Park Subarea Plan).
b. Consider the applicable block frontage designation. Secondary or undesignated block frontages warrant more flexibility than primary block frontages.
c. Consider the size and width of the building. Smaller buildings (less than 120 feet wide) warrant greater flexibility than larger buildings.
d. Consider the quality of façade materials in concert with doors, windows, and other façade features and their ability to add visual interest to the street from a pedestrian scale and more distant observable scales.
Fig. 12.48.510.B.3. Façade articulation departure examples.

C. Maximum Façade Length. Building façades and other building elevations facing a lower-intensity zone edge must include at least one of the following features to break up the massing of the building and add visual interest. This standard applies to building elevations longer than 140 feet in the Residential Mixed-Use zone, 160 feet in the Office/Residential Mixed-Use zone, and 200 feet in the Employment zone.
1. Provide vertical building modulation at least six feet deep and 15 feet long in the mixed-use zones and at least eight feet deep and 20 feet long in the Employment zones. For multi-story buildings, the modulation must extend through at least one-half of the building floors.
2. Use of a contrasting vertical modulated design component featuring all of the following:
a. Utilizes a change in building materials that effectively contrasts from the rest of the façade.
b. Component is modulated vertically from the rest of the façade by an average of six inches.
3. Façade employs building walls with contrasting articulation that make it appear like multiple distinct buildings. To qualify for this option, these contrasting façades must employ all of the following:
a. Different building materials and/or configuration of building materials.
b. Contrasting window design (sizes or configurations).
4. Departures to subsections (C)(1) through (C)(3) of this section will be considered provided the design meets the purpose of the regulations. Supplemental consideration for approving alternative designs:
a. Width of the Façade. The larger the façade, the more substantial articulation/modulation features need to be.
b. Block Frontage Designation. Primary-designated block frontages warrant the most scrutiny.
c. The type of articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s context.
Fig. 12.48.510.C. Illustrating maximum façade length regulations
and good and bad examples.
X' refers to the maximum façade length dimension.

D. Roofline Modulation. Roofline modulation is encouraged and it can be used as one of the façade articulation features in subsections B and C of this section. In order to qualify as an articulation feature, rooflines must employ one or more of the following:
1. For flat roofs or façades with horizontal eave, fascia, or parapet, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of two feet or 0.1 multiplied by the wall height (finish grade to top of the wall) when combined with vertical building modulation techniques described in subsections above. Otherwise, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of four feet or 0.2 multiplied by the wall height.
2. A pitched roofline or gabled roofline segment of at least 20 feet in width. Buildings with pitched roofs must include a minimum slope of 5:12 and feature modulated roofline components at the interval required per the applicable standard above.
3. A combination of the above.
Departures will be considered provided the roofline modulation design effectively reduces the perceived scale of the building and adds visual interest.
Fig. 12.48.510.D. Acceptable examples of roofline modulation.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To encourage the incorporation of design details and small-scale elements into building façades that are attractive at a pedestrian scale.
2. To integrate window design that adds depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.
B. Façade Details – Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Buildings. All building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances must be enhanced with appropriate details. All new buildings must employ at least one detail element from each of the three categories below for each façade articulation interval (see BMC 12.48.510(B)).
1. Window and/or entry treatment, such as:
a. Transom windows.
b. Roll-up windows/doors.
c. Recessed entry.
d. Decorative door.
e. Other decorative or specially designed window, shading or entry treatment that meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.1. Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries.


2. Building elements and façade details, such as:
a. Custom-designed weather protection element such as a steel canopy, glass, or retractable awning. Custom-designed cloth awnings may be counted as a detail provided they are constructed of durable, high-quality material.
b. Decorative building-mounted light fixtures.
c. Bay windows, trellises, towers, and similar elements.
d. Other details or elements that meet the purpose of these regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.2. Examples of attached elements that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.


3. Building materials and other façade elements, such as:
a. Use of decorative building materials/use of building materials. Examples include decorative use of brick, tile, or stonework.
b. Decorative kick-plate, pilaster, base panel, or other similar feature.
c. Hand-crafted material, such as special wrought iron or carved wood.
d. Other details that meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.520.B.3. Examples of building material details that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.


Departures for façade detail regulations of this subsection B will be considered provided the façade (at the overall scale and at the individual articulation scale) meets the purpose of the regulations.
C. Window Design Regulations. All windows must employ designs that add depth and richness to the building façade. At least one of the following features must be included to meet this requirement:
1. Recess windows at least one and one-half inches from the façade.
2. Incorporate window trim (at least three inches wide) around windows.
3. Incorporate other design treatments that add depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.
Fig. 12.48.520.C. Acceptable and unacceptable window design examples.


D. Cornice/Roofline Design. Buildings employing a flat roof must employ a distinctive roofline that effectively provides an identifiable “top” to the building. This could include a traditional cornice line or a contemporary interpretation of a traditional cornice line.
1. Such rooflines must be proportional to the size and scale of the building.
2. Understated cornice lines are permitted depending on the materials and design of the base and middle elements in reinforcing the base/middle/top configuration.
Figure 12.48.520.D below illustrates acceptable and unacceptable examples.
Fig. 12.48.520.D. Examples of buildings employing confident and distinctive rooflines.


Rooftop solar units are permitted, provided the placement and design of units visible from the surrounding streetscape are carefully integrated into the overall design concept of the building.
E. Articulated Building Entries. The primary building entrance for an office building, hotel, apartment building, public or community-based facility or other multi-story commercial building must be designed as a clearly defined and demarcated standout architectural feature of the building. Such entrances must be easily distinguishable from regular storefront entrances on the building. Such entries must be scaled proportional to the building. See Figure 19.123.250.E below for good examples.
Fig. 12.48.520.E. Acceptable building entry examples.

F. Flat Rooftop Design. All roofs must be designed as a fifth building elevation. This can be accomplished by exhibiting patterns of roofing colors and/or materials to add visual interest from surrounding development (current and future). Green roofs and rooftop decks are encouraged as a means to help comply with this standard.
Fig. 12.48.520.F. Flat rooftop design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To encourage the use of durable, high quality, and urban building materials that minimize maintenance cost and provide visual interest from all observable vantage points.
2. To promote the use of a distinctive mix of materials that helps to articulate façades and lends a sense of depth and richness to the buildings.
3. To place the highest priority on the first floor in the quality and detailing of materials at the pedestrian scale.
B. Special Conditions and Limitations for the Use of Certain Cladding Materials.
1. Concrete block (also known as concrete masonry unit or CMU) may be used as a secondary cladding material (no more than one-third of total façade cladding) on all building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances provided it is incorporated with other permitted materials.
Departures will be considered for alternative designs that use concrete block as the primary, but not the only, cladding material provided the design incorporates a combination of textures and/or colors to add visual interest. For example, combining split or rock-façade units with smooth blocks can create distinctive patterns. The figures below illustrate acceptable concrete block use/designs.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.1. Acceptable concrete block use/design.

2. Metal siding may be used on all street-facing building elevations provided it complies with the following regulations:
a. It must feature visible corner molding and trim. Masonry, concrete, or other durable material must be incorporated between the metal siding and the ground plane for all residential buildings and storefronts.
b. Metal siding must be factory finished, with a matte, nonreflective surface.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.2. Acceptable metal siding examples.

3. Regulations for the Use of Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS). Such material/finishes may be used when it complies with the following:
a. EIFS is limited to no more than 20 percent of the total façade area and may not be the primary cladding material on nonresidential and mixed-use buildings.
b. EIFS must feature a smooth or sand finish only.
c. EIFS must be trimmed in wood, masonry, or other material and must be sheltered from weather by roof overhangs or other methods.
d. EIFS must not be used on the ground floor of façades containing nonresidential uses.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.3. Acceptable and unacceptable EIFS examples.

4. Cementitious wall board paneling/siding may be used provided it meets the following provisions:
a. Cement board paneling/siding may not be used on ground-level façades containing nonresidential uses.
b. Where cement board paneling/siding is the dominant siding material, the design must integrate a mix of colors and/or textures that are articulated consistent with windows, balconies, and modulated building surfaces and are balanced with façade details that add visual interest from the ground-level and adjacent buildings.
Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.530.B.4. Acceptable and unacceptable cementitious wall board examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
A. Purpose.
1. To avoid untreated blank walls.
2. To retain and enhance the character of Canyon Park’s streetscapes.
B. Blank Wall Definition. “Blank wall” means a ground-floor wall or portion of a ground-floor wall over 10 feet in height and a horizontal length greater than 15 feet and does not include a transparent window or door.
Fig. 12.48.540.B. Blank wall definition.

C. Blank Wall Treatment Regulations. Untreated blank walls adjacent to a public street, publicly accessible outdoor space, common outdoor space, or pedestrian pathway are prohibited. Methods to treat blank walls can include:
1. Display windows at least 16 inches of depth to allow for changeable displays. Tack-on display cases (see Figure 12.48.540.C below) do not qualify as a blank wall treatment.
2. Landscape planting bed at least five feet deep or a raised planter bed at least two feet high and three feet deep in front of the wall with planting materials that are sufficient to obscure or screen at least 60 percent of the wall’s surface within three years.
3. Installing a vertical trellis in front of the wall with climbing vines or plant materials.
4. Installing a mural as approved by the director and reviewed by the Bothell arts commission. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.
5. Special building detailing that adds visual interest at a pedestrian scale. Such detailing must use a variety of surfaces; monotonous designs will not meet the purpose of the regulations.
For large visible blank walls, a variety of treatments may be required to meet the purpose of the regulations.
Fig. 12.48.540.C. Blank wall treatment examples.

D. Firewalls. Firewalls along property lines are exempt from the above regulations, but where they are visible to the public (from the adjacent street), they must be designed to provide visual interest from all observable distances. Examples may include the use of varying materials, textures, and/or colors, the use of green or living walls, and/or the use of modulated building walls to form design patterns.
Murals are also encouraged as a firewall treatment. Murals are subject to review by the Bothell arts commission and approval by the director. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.
Fig. 12.48.540.D. Acceptable firewall design where visible to the public.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
This article supplements citywide sign regulations to ensure that signs are compatible with the desired character of Canyon Park. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).
Regulations below supersede conflicting regulations set forth in Chapter 12.22 BMC.
A. Sign Illumination.
1. General Illumination Regulations.
a. Indirect sign illumination must be no further away from the sign than the height of the sign.
b. Externally illuminated signs must be arranged so that no direct rays of light are projected from such artificial source into residences, businesses or any street right-of-way.
c. External sign light fixtures must complement the design of the sign and building façades or structures associated with the sign.
d. External sign lighting must be “full cutoff” and must not result in direct illumination of the sky and adjacent properties and structures, and must be designed to minimize reflected glare to adjacent properties and structures.
2. Permitted Sign Illumination Types. Table 12.48.620.A below specifies permitted sign illumination types by zone.
Table 12.48.620.A. Permitted sign illumination types.
Illumination Type | Permitted? | Other Requirements | |
|---|---|---|---|
Channel letter. Light is emitted through the front or face of the letters. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Halo illumination. Letter faces are opaque and light source provides halo effect through backlighting. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Push-through. Letters are cut out of opaque sign face. Interior light shines through letter faces only. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign. |
Neon. | ![]() | Yes | May be incorporated into a permitted wall, projecting, window, pole, or monument sign. |
Externally illuminated sign. | ![]() | Yes | Illumination techniques must focus the light on the sign and avoid glare to the sky, streets, sidewalks, and other public spaces, and adjacent uses. |
Internally illuminated cabinet signs. Sign face is illuminated through translucent casing. This includes internally illuminated changeable copy signs. | ![]() | No | |
Internally illuminated awning signs. Awning face is illuminated through awning material. | ![]() | No | |
Animated signage. A sign which contains electronically operated moving parts or which flashes or simulates motion by the use of electric lights. | Only permitted for night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons | ||
B. Monument Signs. Monument signs are a type of freestanding sign which are mounted on the ground and are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two feet, and supported by a solid base, one or more uprights, braces, columns, poles, or similar structural components. Monument sign regulations:
1. Where permitted: nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.
3. Maximum height: six feet above grade.
4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per sign face when adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 and 36 square feet per sign face in all other locations.
5. Materials and Design. Monument signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).
C. Freestanding Signs.
1. Where permitted: adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 on parcels with at least 330 lineal feet of frontage on Interstate 405 or SR 527. Freestanding signs are only permitted for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.
3. Maximum height: 15 feet above grade.
4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per face.
5. Sign Location. No freestanding sign may be erected closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line or closer to any driveway, alley, or vehicular access than will provide adequate sight lines.
6. Design and Materials.
a. Freestanding signs must include design elements that effectively frame the sign on both faces. Alternatively, signs that have a substantial framing element on one side will meet this provision.
b. Freestanding signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).
c. Freestanding signs must integrate a top, middle, and bottom element. The top could include a distinctive sign cap and/or include the name of a multi-tenant center. The middle can include a consistent framing technique for an individual sign or multiple signs in a multi-tenant center. The bottom could include a distinctive base design with special materials and/or design. See the figures below for examples that meet this requirement.
d. The architecture and composition of a freestanding sign structure must provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale speed and perception.
Departures per BMC 12.48.030 will be considered provided the design meets other regulations herein and integrates a distinctive, one-of-a-kind design that contributes to the visual character of the area.
7. Prohibited freestanding signs: “pole signs” (i.e., a single or double unornamented pole support design topped by a “can” sign typical of a “commercial strip”).
D. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs meeting the following conditions are allowed:
1. Where permitted: commercial uses adjacent to and facing a street.
2. Orientation: Projecting signs may be either vertical or horizontal oriented.
3. Projection.
a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than eight feet.
b. Square or vertically oriented signs: no more than three feet.
c. Signs may project over a sidewalk adjacent to storefront buildings, but must not extend over the curb into a parking or travel lane.
4. Height.
a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than three feet.
b. Vertically oriented signs: must not extend above the building parapet, soffit, the eave line or the roof of the building.
5. Minimum vertical clearance (over sidewalk): eight feet.
Fig. 12.48.620.D. Dimensional standards for horizontal (left) and vertically oriented (right) projecting signs.

E. Marquee/Awning Signs. Marquee/awning signs are a type of building-mounted sign that is either attached to, affixed to, or painted on a marquee, awning, or canopy. Marquee/awning sign regulations:
1. Sign Form and Size.
a. Signs consisting of individual letters placed on the outside edge of the marquee or above the marquee are limited to 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the letters may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
b. Sign boards may be placed on vertical edge of a canopy provided the height of the sign board is no more than 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the sign board may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
c. Signs placed on the vertical edge of awnings are limited to 80 percent of the height of the vertical edge of the awning. Where signs are placed on sloping portion of the awning, they must be sized proportional to the architectural features of the building and are limited to two feet in height. The width of awning signs are limited to two-thirds of individual awning width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.
Fig. 12.48.620.E. Marquee and awning sign examples and regulations.

F. Under-Canopy Signs. Under-canopy signs are a type of building-mounted sign attached to the underside of an awning, canopy, balcony or arcade and placed perpendicular to the storefronts and thus oriented to pedestrians on the sidewalk or an internal pathway.
Fig. 12.48.620.F. Under-canopy regulations and example.

G. Wall Signs.
1. Permitted Number of Signs.
a. In multi-story buildings, businesses above the ground floor are limited to one sign per business, except that a business with frontage on more than one street may have one sign facing each street. Each sign must consist only of lettering and/or a logo painted on or applied to the surface of one window in a manner that allows light to pass between and around the individual letters. The area of the sign may not exceed 12 square feet.
b. In a multi-tenant building with businesses on upper floors and/or in interior spaces having no street façade on which to place a sign, a building directory listing businesses in the building, and not exceeding 12 square feet, may be located on the building wall at each primary entrance. This directory may be in addition to the sign area permitted for the building.
2. Location and Design.
a. Wall signs must be proportional to the façade and are limited to two-thirds of individual façade width dimension. This regulation also applies to upper-level businesses.
b. Wall signs may not cover windows, building trim, an existing building name sign, or special ornamentation features. Preferred areas for installation of wall signs include blank areas above marquees, areas between vertical piers or columns, blank areas on a gabled roof, or upper reaches of a false-fronted building.
c. Stacked words on wall signs are permitted. Generally, the primary business name is encouraged to be provided on one line, with additional text on rows above and/or below providing supporting information about the business in smaller fonts.
Fig. 12.48.620.G. Illustrating wall sign regulations.

3. Mounting.
a. Wall signs should be mounted plumb with the building, with a maximum protrusion of one foot plus a four-inch mounting, unless the sign incorporates sculptural elements or architectural devices.
b. The sign frame must be concealed or integrated into the building’s architectural character in terms of form, color, and materials.
H. Building Identification Wall Sign. Building identification wall signs are signs located on and parallel to a building wall that announce the name of a building. Building identification wall sign regulations:
1. When permitted: only permitted for nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.
2. Where permitted: only located on the frieze, cornice, or fascia area of storefront level; frieze, cornice, fascia, parapet of the uppermost floor; or above the entrance to main building lobby.
3. Number permitted: Only one building identification wall sign shall be permitted per building per street-facing façade.
4. Sign area exemption: The area of building identification wall signs shall not count towards the total sign area allotment per Chapter 12.22 BMC.
5. Maximum sign height: no taller than 24 inches in height.
6. Maximum projection: no more than one foot from the façade of the building.
7. Projecting sign alternative: One building identification wall sign per establishment may be substituted by a projecting sign meeting the requirements of subsection D of this section.
8. Illumination: external illumination or halo illumination only.
I. Window Signs. Window signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.
1. Where permitted: Window signs are permitted only for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance and on windows below the second-floor level only.
2. Maximum sign area: no more than 30 percent of storefront window.
3. Maximum letter height: The letter height of each window sign shall not exceed 12 inches.
4. Illumination: exposed neon tube illumination only. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).